Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Retail / Inchcape / FY2007 Annual Report

Inchcape
Annual Report 2007

INCH · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker INCH
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Inchcape
Loading PDF…
Industry leader

Annual Report and Accounts 2007

A formula for success

Creating the
Ultimate Customer
Experience for our
Brand Partners

Financial
highlights

Revenue

n
b
1
.
6
n £
b
8
.
4
£

n
b
5
.
4
£

n
b
1
.
4
£

n
b
8
.
3
£

03

04

05

06

07

£6.1bn
+25.1%

Headline earnings
per share
before exceptional items

p
0
.
7
3

p
7
.
5
p 3
8
.
9
2

p
0
.
6
2

p
1
.
2
2

03

04

05

06

07

37.0p
+3.6%

Inchcape’s robust
business model
has delivered
another year of
record results

Operating profit
before exceptional items

Dividend paid
and proposed
per ordinary share

Headline profit
before tax
before exceptional items

m
0
.
5
6
2
£

m
9
.
3
1
2
£

m
4
.
9
8
1
£

m
1
.
2
7
1
£

m
4
.
4
2
1
£

p
0
.
5
1

p
5
7
.
5
1

p
5
.
9

p
3
.
p 8
3
.
6

m
1
.
5
3
2
£

m
9
.
3
1
2
£

m
3
.
0
9
1
£

m
4
.
8
6
1
£

m
8
.
5
3
1
£

03

04

05

06

07

£265.0m
+23.9%

03

04

05

06

07

03

04

05

06

07

15.75p
+5.0%

£235.1m
+9.9%

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Earnings per share

m
9
.
9
6
2
£

m
9
.
3
1
2
£

m
4
.
6
7
1
£

m
5
.
1
6
1
£

m
9
.
9
3
1
£

m
0
.
0
4
2
£

m
9
.
3
1
2
£

m
2
.
6
6
1
£

m
2
.
3
6
1
£

m
3
.
7
7
1
£

p
5
.
7
3

p
0
.
8
3

p
5
.
7
2

p
0
.
7
2

p
8
.
4
2

03

04

05

06

07

03

04

05

06

07

03

04

05

06

07

£269.9m
+26.2%

£240.0m
+12.2%

38.0p
+1.3%

Contents

Business review
01-43

02 Business overview
06 Chairman’s statement
08 Group Chief Executive’s review
16 Operating review
17 Key performance indicators
18 Regional analysis and case studies
33 Financial review
34 Principal risk factors
38 Corporate and social responsibility

Governance
44-64

44 Board of Directors
46 Directors’report
49 Executive committee
51 Corporate governance report
58 Remuneration report

Financial statements
65-128

Group financial statements
65 Report of the auditors – Group
66 Consolidated income statement
67 Consolidated statement of recognised

income and expense

68 Consolidated balance sheet
69 Consolidated cash flow statement
70 Accounting policies
76 Notes to the accounts
120 Five year record

Company financial statements
121 Report of the auditors – Company
122 Company balance sheet
123 Accounting policies
124 Notes to the accounts

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Company details
Financial calendar

Further information

Within this report you’ll see these symbols used.They
point you towards further information either within
the report or online.We hope you find them useful.

Find pages
within this report

Find further
information online

www.inchcape.com

01

Business review

A strong geographic portfolio

Australia

Europe

Hong Kong

Region

Operations

Financial highlights

Contribution to Group
trading profit

Core brand partners

One of the top ten car retailers
in Australia, Inchcape operates
a multi-brand Retail strategy as
well as exclusive Distribution
and Retail of Subaru.

Inchcape operates Distribution
and Retail across five European
markets.The two largest are
Belgium and Greece. Smaller
markets are Finland, France
and Luxembourg.

Inchcape operates a multi-
brand Vertically Integrated Retail
(VIR) model in Hong Kong and
Macau. It is the first region in the
world to represent all four Toyota
brands. Inchcape also supplies
100% of Hong Kong taxis.

Trading profit

£43.8m
+13.8%

Trading profit

£50.1m
+27.5%

Trading profit

£28.3m
+17.9%

Sales

£657.5m
+6.6%

Sales

Sales

£1,203.9m
+1.1%

£241.5m
+7.4%

15.0%

17.1%

9.7%

Page references

26

27

28

02

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Singapore

United Kingdom

Emerging Markets

Rest of World

Inchcape operates a multi-
brand VIR model in Singapore.
Singapore has one of the
youngest car parcs in the world.

Inchcape Retail UK, the second
largest car retailer in the UK
based on revenue, focuses on
the premium segment in core
regions. Inchcape Fleet Solutions
is the largest independent
leasing company in the country.

Inchcape operates multi-brand
Retail, Distribution or VIR in
China, Russia, the Baltics,
Balkans and Poland.These
markets represent exciting
growth potential for the Group.

Representing 8.6% of Group
profits, Inchcape has operations
in Brunei, Chile, Ethiopia, Guam,
New Zealand, Peru and Saipan.

Trading profit

£46.0m
-21.5%

Trading profit

£69.6m
+51.6%

Trading profit

£29.6m
+179.2%

Trading profit

£25.1m
+14.6%

Sales

£480.3m
-27.2%

Sales

Sales

£2,713.5m
+58.5%

£518.6m
+143.7%

Sales

£241.5m
+7.1%

15.7%

23.8%

10.1%

8.6%

29

30

31

32

www.inchcape.com

03

Business review

Across the globe

Inchcape operates in twenty six countries around the world
A solid base supporting
expansion in the high
growth, high margin
Emerging Markets

1 - Belgium

16

1
5

4

2 - Greece

3 - Finland

4 - France

5 - Luxembourg

7

6

6 - Chile

7 - Peru

8 - Brunei

9 - Ethiopia

10 - Guam

11 - Saipan

12 - New Zealand

04

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

3

19
20

21

24

25

23

17

2

26

18

14

22

15

8

11

10

9

13 - Australia

14 - Hong Kong

13

15 - Singapore

16 - UK

17 - Bulgaria

18 - China

19 - Estonia

20 - Latvia

21 - Lithuania

22 - Macau

23 - Macedonia

24 - Poland

25 - Romania

26 - Russia

12

Key

Distribution

Retail

Vertically integrated retail

www.inchcape.com

05

Business review
Chairman’s statement

Inchcape has delivered record
results in 2007, reflecting the
progress we are making against
our growth strategy

nchcape has delivered record
results for the sixth consecutive
year, reflecting the progress we
are making against our growth

strategy and the benefits of an
excellent portfolio diversification.

Performance
Group sales have increased by 25% to
£6.1bn for the full year to 31 December
2007, benefiting from both strategic
and focused acquisitions, and from
encouraging organic growth in sales
in most of our markets. On a like for
like basis, sales grew by 2.5% (3.4%
on a constant currency basis).

Headline profit before tax and
exceptional items of £235.1m was
9.9% higher than 2006 and headline
earnings per share rose 3.6% to 37.0p.
On a statutory basis, which includes
exceptional items, profit before tax of
£240.0m was 12.2% above 2006 and
earnings per share rose 1.3% to 38.0p.

When reviewing the performance
of our business units, trading profit
is a key measure and is defined as
operating profit excluding the impact
of exceptional items and central costs.

In our Distribution businesses we have
delivered record results in Europe,
strengthening our market leadership
in Greece and delivering good growth
in Belgium and Finland. In Australia,
the launch of the new Subaru Impreza
model helped grow operating margins
and delivered a 24.1% growth in
trading profits.The markets in Asia
were very competitive but we
performed well in Hong Kong with
trading profits up 17.9% in a market
which grew by 16.5%. In Singapore,
the market declined by 9.6% while
parallel imports increased their share.
In that context our Singapore trading
profits fell 21.5% but we maintained

06

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Headline profit before tax

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

Profit before tax

Exceptional items

240.0

(4.9)

213.9

–

Headline profit before tax

235.1

213.9

our market leadership position and
strong margin of 9.6%.

Sales from our Retail businesses
grew by 53%, benefiting from both
acquisitions and organic growth.
In the UK, we outperformed a very
challenging market and delivered
like for like sales growth of 5.2%.Across
Europe, our focus on the Customer
showed solid results with growth in like
for like sales of 4.8%. In the Emerging
Markets, growth was outstanding, with
like for like sales up 57% and overall
sales up 247%.

Acquisition and disposal summary
We acquired European Motor Holdings
plc (EMH) in the UK at the beginning
of February 2007.At the same time we
announced the restructuring of our UK
business to focus on a limited number
of premium brands.As a consequence
we have disposed of a number of
non-core businesses, including Bentley,
Ferrari and Maserati, together with the
EMH auction businesses,Wilcomatic
and the Inchcape Automotive vehicle
refurbishment business, for a total
consideration of £38m, realising a loss
of £7.1m.We also announced the sale
of the non-core Vauxhall businesses.

In January 2007, we sold our shares in
the non-core Hong Kong joint venture
finance company, Inchroy, for £46m,
realising a profit of £12m.

We have invested, and will continue
to invest, the proceeds from these
disposals, as well as our ongoing
cash generation, in the Emerging
Markets where growth rates are
good and market opportunities
continue to develop.

We have made good progress in
executing our Emerging Markets
expansion strategy. In January 2007

we opened our first retail centre in
China, retailing Toyota in Shaoxing,
near Shanghai.This has performed
ahead of our expectations. In January
2008 we also opened a Lexus centre
in Shaoxing and plan to open a
second Lexus retail centre in Shanghai
in the third quarter of 2008.

In July we completed a major
acquisition in Latvia.As a result
Inchcape has a market leading
position with Distribution and Retail of
Ford, Land Rover, Jaguar and Mazda,
as well as Retail of BMW, giving
Inchcape over 10% market share.
We also acquired 67% of UAB Vitvela
in Lithuania in July, giving us scale
representation of Ford and Mazda in
that country and a leading share of
Mitsubishi and Hyundai Retail.This
gives Inchcape close to 20% share of
a market which grew by 68% in 2007.

In December we strengthened our
position in the high growth Russia
market with the acquisition of Audi
and Peugeot retail centres in St
Petersburg, bringing our total number
of retail centres operating in the
second largest market in Russia to five.

Dividend
The Board is recommending the
payment of a final ordinary dividend
for the year of 10.5p (2006 - 10.0p).
This gives a total dividend for 2007 of
15.75p, which is 5% above the 2006
dividend of 15.0p.

The increase reflects our continuing
confidence in the business and is
consistent with our stated aim of
maintaining a progressive dividend
policy to our shareholders.The full
year dividend is covered 2.3 times
by headline earnings per share
(2006 – 2.4 times).

Share buy back
The Group successfully purchased
£18.5m of its shares in 2007, through
the purchase of 4.5m shares, now
held as Treasury shares, at an average
price of £4.07 per share.

Approach to governance
and management
Good governance and management
remains high on our agenda.We focus

on compliance with the Combined
Code and other relevant guidance for
listed companies in all of our global
operations. In 2007 we increased
our focus on our Corporate Social
Responsibility (CSR) programme,
engaging an external consultancy
to help us redefine, benchmark and
progress implementation, ensuring
that it provides benefits to both our
employees and to our shareholders.

People
We are making very good progress
towards the goal of becoming the
world’s most Customer-centric
automotive retailer, a goal which
continues to motivate and energise
everyone in the Group. I would like,
on behalf of the Board, to express
our thanks to our colleagues across
the Group for their commitment and
pride in the delivery of outstanding
results for 2007.

Outlook
The fundamentals of our Group are
strong and our strategic direction is
clear. Our focus on superior Customer
service and our track record of
operational excellence makes us well
placed to deliver continued organic
growth this year. Further, the launch of
a number of new models in 2008 and
the associated investment will enable
us to build momentum as the year
progresses.Additionally, we expect
to benefit from our increased
investment in the high growth
Emerging Markets.We therefore look
forward to 2008 with confidence.

Peter Johnson
Chairman
26 February 2008

www.inchcape.com

07

Business review
Group Chief Executive’s review

Inchcape’s unique business
model has proven a robust
formula for success

n 2006 we laid out a clear strategic
plan to build on the past successes
of the Group. Our twin-track growth
strategy is about strengthening
our existing business and expanding
in Emerging Markets.We have made
significant progress in executing
our strategy and have delivered
record results in 2007 for the sixth
consecutive year.

We are successfully rebalancing our
portfolio, growing significantly outside
of Asia, thanks to strong performances
in the UK, Europe,Australia and
Emerging Markets.We operated in
favourable market conditions, all major
markets achieving growth in 2007,
excluding Singapore.The average
market growth in 2007 for all countries
in which we operate was 4.2% and the
expected weighted average GDP
growth for all of our markets is 2.9%
in 2008.

The implementation of our
transformational strategy in the UK
is well under way. The successful
integration of acquisitions and focus
on the premium sector has helped us
to yet again outperform the market.

In Europe, our Distribution businesses
have performed ahead of our
expectations and the turnaround in
Retail is delivering excellent results. In
Australia we have seen a significant
improvement in our performance.

We are also building scale in the high
growth, higher margin Emerging
Markets. By doubling sales and tripling
profits we have established powerful
platforms for further growth.

We believe we have a successful
formula for profitable growth; one that
has produced another year of record
results in 2007 and gives us

08

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

confidence for the coming years. It is
a focused growth strategy applied to
a robust business model.

Our business model is quite unlike any
of our competitors: we operate both
Distribution and Retail businesses, with
multiple revenue streams (including
sales of new and used vehicles, parts,
service, finance and insurance), for
multiple, successful brands in twenty
six countries around the world.

We have developed a highly effective
management structure – co-ordinated
globally but locally delivered – to
enable consistent quality and control
and a fast flexible response to specific
market conditions.

We share a Vision across every level
of the organisation: to be the world’s
most Customer-centric automotive
retail group deploying world class
retail standards.

And we are delivering our Vision
through a strategy of strengthening
our core business in parallel with
significant expansion within existing
and Emerging Markets.

It is a strategy that works – in 2007
our core business achieved growth
of 2.5% in like for like sales and 4.8%
in like for like trading profits.Total sales
have grown by 25% and total trading
profits by 22%.

To reinforce the emphasis we put on
achieving our Vision and on creating
shareholder value, management at
every level is incentivised on economic
profit and Customer service levels.
Economic profit is defined as trading
profit less tax less a notional charge
for capital.

During 2007 we have also worked
hard starting to put in place the
policies and practices that will help
us meet our CSR obligations.

Our people create and deliver the
Ultimate Customer Experience for our
Brand Partners, supported by a clear
People strategy that focuses on
engaged employees in winning
teams.To assist our people in the
delivery of our Customer focused
Vision we are making significant
investment in technology with a
Group-wide implementation of SAP
and in several training initiatives.

With our people’s support within our
resilient business model, we aim to
continue to attract Customers by
offering the most appealing brands
in each market and delivering them
via leading service levels.

I am certain that the Inchcape
formula for profitable growth will
drive our performance further in
2008 and beyond as the world’s
leading car retailer.

Like for like sales

£4,618.4m
+2.5%

Like for like trading profit

£248.1m
+4.8%

Applying our focused growth strategy
to our robust business model gives us a
successful formula for profitable growth

1

2

3

Strategy:
a clear strategy for growth

Business model:
a formula for success

Future prospects:
strong base supporting further growth
in 2008 and beyond

10

12

14

www.inchcape.com

09

Business review
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

1 Strategy: a clear strategy for growth

Vision

Strategic priorities

• Strengthen existing core businesses

> By focusing on execution of our strategy

in every site in every market

To be the
world’s most
Customer-
centric
automotive
Retail group

• Expand in developed and emerging markets

> By identifying the right growth opportunities
for the Group and applying a disciplined
approach to capital allocation

www.inchcape.com/aboutus

A clear strategy for growth
Our Vision
Fulfilling our Vision,to be the world’s
most Customer-centric automotive retail
group,demands a commitment across
the business to achieving outstanding
service levels at every point of our
relationship with our Customers for
all of our brand partners.

An important element of our Customer
journey is therefore a long term
programme of behavioural change,
which will help us differentiate Inchcape
from our competitors through
measurably better service quality.

Our Core Purpose – Creating the
Ultimate Customer Experience for
our Brand Partners – and our Values:
Respect for Each Other,Winning
Together,Treating Every £ as Our
Own, Integrity Without Compromise,
Pioneering New Ideas, Passionate
about Customers and Caring for our
Environment, were newly launched
this year.These beliefs are at the very

heart of our business and guide our
behaviour and our strategy.

They are inextricably linked with our
two strategic priorities – to strengthen
our existing business and expand in
existing and Emerging Markets.

Strengthening our business
The ability to manage our information
better and focus more closely on
achieving value is central to creating
a stronger business.

From January 2007 we introduced a
global management accounts system
reporting monthly statistics on all value
drivers (vehicle sales, parts, service and
finance and insurance (F&I)). In every
operation, in every market, we aim to
drive margin performance by focusing
on these key factors that drive the
greatest value for our business.We
believe ‘you are what you measure’:
taking this approach will enable us
to improve in our strongest markets
as well as those operations where
performance is not yet Gold Standard.

We have also made progress with the
roll-out of our Inchcape Advantage
programme, unique in our industry
thanks to the use of cutting edge retail
metrics that enable us to measure
and enhance our service levels to
ultimately increase sales.

It uses global research to ensure that
we are doing both the simple things in
the way that Customers appreciate,
and applying the emotional
intelligence that ensures we treat every
Customer as a valued individual.

We measure hard Customer data such
as traffic, sales leads, and the number
of test drives, conversion and retention
rates to ensure we have the best
available sales information at all times.

Moreover, we believe that we can
increase the productivity of our
organisation by maximising the focus
on value added activities.That is why
we have announced a global
partnership with SAP and have started
the implementation of a global IT

10

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Achievements in 2007

• Focus on operational excellence

and diversified value drivers

• Acceleration of like for like sales and

profit growth

Focus for 2008

Strengthen

• Drive like for like growth with new models

and Customer service initiatives

• Accelerate growth of highly profitable aftersales
• Drive margin improvement in growth markets
and protect margin in challenging markets

• Successful entry into China and Russia

• Transformational acquisitions in the Baltics

• Emerging Markets exposure doubled

Expand

• Integration of recent acquisitions

• Further expansion in Emerging Markets

• Strong pipeline for future growth

infrastructure upgrade.This is a five year
plan and means Inchcape will operate
under a unified worldwide IT delivery
model, reducing complexity and
enabling greater local market flexibility
through automated and streamlined
sales processes, freeing up our
people’s time to enable delivery
of our Customer focused Vision.

Equally important is our engagement
programme, designed to ensure we
have committed people working
together in winning teams to deliver
the Ultimate Customer Experience. It is
based on a simple premise – that by
initially selecting and attracting the
right people, then providing the right
learning and rewards, aspiring to a
common Core Purpose and set of
Values, we will create the right culture.

Expanding our scope and scale
It has been the results of our expansion
that have contributed most to making
2007 a record year for Inchcape. In the
UK recent acquisitions are integrating

well and, despite experiencing some
pressure on used car margins, we
continue to outperform the market.

We are strengthening our focus on
the growing premium sector, reducing
our number of franchise relationships
and disposing of non-core sites
and businesses.

Growth in Emerging Markets has been
significant and represents exciting
further expansion for the Group.

Our operations are performing well in
these markets, due both to strong local
management and our regional brand
strategy that focuses on the most
appropriate marques in each market.

We have a long track record of
successfully operating in multiple
markets and are confident that we
can apply the Inchcape model to
achieve sustainable margins as
these car markets mature.

In 2007 we have committed £423m
of expansion investment and we have

significant resources remaining.This,
together with a strong pipeline of
opportunities, will enable us to deliver
our expansion strategy.

Looking ahead to 2008 and through
to 2010, Emerging Markets remain a
major expansion opportunity.

Expansion will be underpinned by
a disciplined allocation of capital to
ensure we identify those markets that
will deliver the greatest return.We
ensure the right strategic features of
sector, location, scale opportunity and
brand partner.We then look in detail
at elements including Internal Rate
of Return (IRR) and economic profit
generated to guide our decisions.

Such activities have underpinned our
excellent performance in 2007 and
will continue to support our profitable
growth in the future.

www.inchcape.com

11

Business review
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

2 Business model: a formula for success

Our unique business model
is based on strong portfolio
diversification, giving us the
flexibility to react quickly to
changing market conditions

Servic e

Retail

P

a

rt

s

V

e

h

i

c

l

e

s

ales

Distributio n

Fi n a n c

e
c
n

a n dInsura

e

www.inchcape.com/aboutus

A robust business model based on
excellent portfolio diversification
Inchcape operates a four dimensional
business model giving the Group
excellent portfolio diversification.This
diversity gives us the flexibility to react
quickly to changing market conditions
and maintain our focus on the most
productive sources of value relevant to
each market. It has enabled us to post
another set of record results in 2007
and gives us confidence that this high
performance formula for success will
continue through 2008 and beyond.

Geographic diversity
Inchcape has a diverse geographic
portfolio made up of seventeen
mature and nine emerging markets.
We enjoy strong scale positions in all
of our mature markets: a strong base
from which to expand into the high
growth Emerging Markets.This portfolio
approach has proven resilient during
2007, overcoming anticipated
weakness in Singapore to achieve
record results at Group level.

Multiple brand relationships
We have strong, long established
global relationships with over twenty
brand partners. Our brand strategy is
market specific, enabling us to fit the
right brand with the right market,
Creating the Ultimate Customer
Experience for our Brand Partners whilst
aiming to maximise market share.

Multi-channels – Distribution
Distribution is the historic core of
Inchcape. It currently represents 41%
of Group sales and 70% of Group
trading profits.As a distributor we
manage every aspect of our partners’
brands in a particular market from
importing vehicles and parts and
appointing the dealer network to setting
sales and pricing strategies, national
marketing and dealership delivery.

We employ limited capital within the
Distribution segment and generate
high returns, 8.2% in total for the Group.
Although we have been successful in
acquiring Distribution contracts this

year in the Baltics, there are limited
opportunities to grow this segment
through further acquisitions.We will
therefore be predominantly using the
strong cash flows generated by the
Distribution businesses to invest in the
Retail segment in the high margin,
high growth Emerging Markets.

In large markets where we distribute,
we aim to own and manage up to
30% of the Retail network. However, in
smaller markets, we are able to
vertically integrate the two channels
and have both exclusive Distribution
and exclusive Retail.We call this
Vertically Integrated Retail (VIR).

Where we operate VIR, we are able
to deliver important operational
efficiencies generating a good
margin for our shareholders. Following
acquisitions this year we now operate
VIR in the Baltics, Hong Kong and
Singapore, as well as other smaller
Asian markets.This is included as
Distribution within the accounts.

12

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Broad
geographic
spread

• Weighted

average market
growth in 2007
was 4%
• Scale and

high margin
operations
• Big upside in
Emerging
Markets

Multiple brand
relationships

• Strongest

premium brands

• Long term
and scale
relationships
• Right brands,
right markets

Multi-channels

Distribution
Stable, strong
cash generation
funding expansion

Retail
Continuing growth
in mature markets,
high growth
opportunities in
Emerging Markets

Growth
and defensive
value drivers

• Diversified

revenue streams

• Growth drivers:
Vehicles, F&I

• Defensive drivers:

Parts, Service

Multi-channels – Retail
Retail is a growing segment within the
Group. It currently represents 59% of
Group sales and 30% of trading profits
and is the main area of expansion for
the Group.Where we retail, we aim to
build scale, both within a region and
with our brand partners.We build
scale regionally in our markets by
channelling investment into specific
geographic areas to provide economic
and operational advantage.We build
scale with our core brand partners to
provide marketing efficiencies and we
operate a dedicated brand
management structure to ensure a
better understanding of our partners’
brand values.

Our approach to retailing is totally
Customer-centric. By building on
our brand partners’ Customer
programmes, we aim to Create the
Ultimate Customer Experience and
deliver a real competitive advantage.

Growth and defensive revenue streams
We benefit from multiple revenue
streams enabling us to perform well
in both growing and more challenging
markets. In a growth market, vehicles
and F&I drive performance. However,
when vehicle sales and therefore F&I
are slower, our more defensive value
drivers are the sale of parts and
service, which are also higher
margin segments.

In Distribution, our value drivers are the
sales of vehicles and parts.We have
four main priorities in maximising our
returns from them, comprising improved
quality of revenues, operational
excellence with positive sales to
trading profit flow through, excellent
working capital management and
a continuous focus on the quality of
our network, including our Customer
service standards.

Our Retail value drivers are vehicles,
parts, service and F&I. For each one,
we have a specific set of continuous
improvement targets which are
driving performance in the three key
areas of revenue quality, sales flow
and working capital.

Performance measurement
This business model has proven
a robust formula for success in
2007 and gives us confidence in
continued strong performance
in 2008 and beyond.

Details of our key performance
indicators are shown within the
Operating review, along with
sales and trading profit results
for each region.

www.inchcape.com

13

Business review
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

3 Future prospects: strong base supporting

further growth in 2008 and beyond

Emerging Markets –
a significant scale
opportunity

Emerging Markets in which we operate
3 - Poland
1 - Russia
4 - The Balkans
2 - The Baltics
Romania,
Estonia,
Bulgaria &
Lativa &
Macedonia
Lithuania

5 - China

2

3

4

1

5

2008 and beyond
From six to ten core markets
In 2005 we said we would increase
our six core markets to ten over the
next five years. In 2007 we named
Russia and China as two additional
core markets for the Group.We are
committed to integrating these
markets into the Group and are taking
a measured approach to new market
entry.At the same time we continue
to evaluate additional markets with
a view to selecting two further core
markets.A new market is selected
for both its scale and its potential.
The strong relationships we have
developed with our brand partners
globally, and our significant financial
capacity, are key enablers of this
strategy.We have a proven track record
of successfully entering new markets
and are, as a result, very excited by this
growth opportunity.

Significant future growth
The unique business model we follow
allows for significant future growth.

Inchcape’s growth strategy takes
advantage of the strong cash flow
generated from our robust base of
existing businesses to expand in
exciting new markets whilst also
continually strengthening the base.

Strengthening the base
In mature markets the continuous
focus on process improvements and
operational excellence has helped
the Group to post record results in 2007.
In 2008 we will aim to drive like for like
growth ahead of the market in order
to gain market share,taking advantage
of new model launches in our markets
and employing effective marketing
strategies to drive traffic.We will continue
to improve the Customer experience
through our Inchcape Advantage
programme and will extend our focus
to accelerate growth in the highly
profitable aftersales segment.We will
also aim for margin improvements in
growth markets whilst protecting margins
in more challenging markets through
tight mix and cost management.

The Group-wide SAP implementation
will also provide key operational
support. It will strengthen our existing
businesses around the world through
greater productivity, freeing up our
people to spend more time with
Customers. It will also be a platform for
the fast and efficient integration of
new businesses as we execute our
expansion strategy in developed and
Emerging Markets around the world.

Expansion strategy
The expansion of our business into
Emerging Markets is the major growth
opportunity for the Group. By our
definition, these markets are those
countries in which we operate that
have started to grow but have yet to
reach a mature stage of development
and accordingly are in the growth
phase of the development cycle.
These currently comprise Russia, China,
the Balkans, the Baltics and Poland.

In 2007 our growth strategy saw us
gain market leadership through

14

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Emerging Markets

In 2008 we will continue our expansion into the Emerging Markets.
As each market matures, the development of higher margin value drivers,
such as used car sales, service, parts, finance and insurance, enables
a sustainability of margins.

Number of
retail centres

Emerging Markets
revenue

Car market
penetration 2007
(car parc/’000 population)

Market growth forecast

%
5
2
+

5
9
4

9
7 3
3

1
3

7
1

2
1

%
0
5
+

9
1
5

3
1
2

1
3

05

06

07

08

09

06

07

08

Developed
markets total

Emerging
Markets total

20%
in 2008

Emerging Markets continue to
grow at a rapid rate.Inchcape
Emerging Markets are forecast to
grow 20% in 2008 at a CAGR of
15% to 2011

acquisition in the Baltics, continue the
process of building scale in Russia
and enter the vast Chinese market for
the first time.We are expanding our
presence with our multi-brand Retail
or Vertically Integrated Retail (VIR)
strategy as appropriate in each market.

In 2008 we will continue our expansion
in these markets, focusing on building
scale operations with several brands
in Russia and China and maximising
economies of scale with our multi-
country operations in the Baltics
and Balkans.

We are confident that our Emerging
Markets model gives us a sound
strategic base for expansion.This is
based on four core factors – rapid
market growth, the ability to sustain a
strong retail margin, a capital-efficient
footprint enabling us to reach the
greatest number of Customers through
the most effective investment selection,
and attractive unit economics that
drive higher revenues per square metre.

Car penetration in these markets was
sixteen times lower than developed
markets in 2006, with car sales
expected to grow at a compound
annual growth rate (CAGR) of 15% to
2011.We have identified the markets
we believe have the strongest growth
potential over the coming years.

Under our market entry strategy we
have a different approach between
the largest countries, such as China
and Russia, and smaller nations like
Latvia and Lithuania.

For larger markets, we aim to retail
30,000 to 50,000 units within five years
of entry, building scale in targeted
regions through acquisition or
greenfield development. In smaller
nations, we target a market leading
position through Distribution and Retail.

In Emerging Markets, as each market
matures, the development of higher
margin value drivers, such as used car
sales, service, parts and F&I, enables a
sustainability of margins.

With this focused twin-track growth
strategy, allied to our robust business
model, we are confident that we have
a winning formula for success.We are
therefore committed to growing
Inchcape’s scale and profitability
throughout 2008 and beyond.

André Lacroix
Group Chief Executive
26 February 2008

www.inchcape.com

15

Business review
Operating review

A year of record performance
and delivery against our goals

Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs)

The Inchcape plc Board of Directors
and the Executive Management
monitor the Group’s progress against
its strategic objectives and the
financial performance of the Group’s
operations on a regular basis.
Performance is assessed against the
strategy, budgets and forecasts.

To enhance comparability, we review
the results in a form that isolates the
impact of currency movements from
period to period by applying a
constant currency. Unless otherwise
stated, all sales and trading profit
figures quoted in the Operating review
are provided in constant currency.

We also measure the quality of
revenues through the mix of revenue
streams, and the flow through of value
from sales revenue to trading profit.

Financial KPIs
Vehicle market size
Defined as total new vehicle
registrations by international brands.

Vehicle market share
Derived from Inchcape’s registrations
as a percentage of the overall
market size.

Sales
The consideration receivable from the
sale of goods and services. It is stated
net of rebates and any discounts and
excludes sales related taxes.

Trading profit
Defined as operating profit excluding
the impact of exceptional items and
central costs.

16

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Trading margins (return on sales)
Calculated by dividing trading profit
by sales.

Group overview
Key performance indicators*

Like for like sales and like for like
trading profit growth
Excludes the impact of acquisitions
from the date of acquisition until the
thirteenth month of ownership and
businesses that are sold or closed. It
further removes the impact of retail
centres that are relocated.This is from
the date of opening until the thirteenth
month of trading in the new location.

Profit before tax
The profit made after operating and
interest expense but before tax is paid.

Working capital
Defined as inventory, debtors, creditors,
and supplier related credit.

Economic profit
Defined as trading profit less tax less
a notional charge for capital.

Non-financial KPIs
We are establishing several non-
financial KPIs, particularly relating to
Customer service. For example, net
promoter score is a measure being
used to measure Customer satisfaction
across the Group, in line with the
Company’s Vision to be the most
Customer-centric automotive retailer.

Sales

Like for like sales growth (%)

Trading profit

Like for like trading profit growth(%)

Trading margins (%)

Regional analysis*

2007

2007
Operating Exceptional
items
£m

profit
£m

Australia

Europe

Hong Kong

Singapore

United Kingdom

Emerging Markets

Rest of World

43.8

50.1

40.3

46.0

62.5

29.6

25.1

Central Costs

(27.5)

Operating profit

269.9

* At actual exchange rates

Foreign currency translation

–

–

(12.0)

–

7.1

–

–

–

–

Euro

Hong Kong dollar

Singapore dollar

Australian dollar

US dollar

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

6,056.8

4,842.1

2.5

292.5

4.8

4.8

2.1

238.8

10.3

4.9

2007
Trading
profit
£m

2006
Operating
profit
£m

2006
Exceptional
items
£m

2006
Trading
profit
£m

43.8

50.1

28.3

46.0

69.6

29.6

25.1

–

–

2007

1.46

15.63

3.02

2.39

2.00

38.5

39.3

24.0

58.6

45.9

10.6

21.9

(24.9)

213.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

38.5

39.3

24.0

58.6

45.9

10.6

21.9

–

–

Average rates
2006

1.46

14.28

2.92

2.44

1.84

Year end rates
2006

1.48

15.22

3.00

2.48

1.96

2007

1.36

15.52

2.87

2.27

1.99

Dividends paid and proposed pence

15.75p
+5.0%

Operating profit* £m

£265.0m
+23.9%

03

04

05

06

07

03

**

04

05

06

07

* Before exceptional items
** Pro forma to adjust UK GAAP for main IFRS differences (stock holding interest and pensions).

www.inchcape.com

17

In Singapore market conditions
were challenging, as expected,
with significant growth of the parallel
imports segment in an overall market
which declined by 9.6%.This resulted
in some market share erosion
although we retained our market
leadership and improved our trading
margin to 9.6% from 8.9%.

Across Europe, we delivered good
results in competitive markets.The
Greek Toyota/Lexus business
strengthened its market leadership
position to deliver trading profit growth
of 26%.The Belgian market grew just
1.3% in the absence of the biennial
motor show. Despite this, we grew like
for like sales by 4.2% and delivered
trading profit growth of 17%.

In Finland we saw a significant
change in the market with the
announcement of new tax rules
around engine emissions timed
for January 2008, which caused
a slowdown of the market from
November. Despite this, we were
able to grow trading profit by 6.6%.

Business review
Operating review continued

Group

2007 has been an outstanding year
for Inchcape, delivering a record
performance, with operating profit
before exceptional items up 27% to
£270.7m, from sales which grew by
26% to £6.1bn.All of Inchcape’s core
businesses contributed to this growth,
with the exception of Singapore.We
saw significant growth in the European
Emerging Markets, Hong Kong was
boosted by strong market growth from
changes in the tax regime around
engine emissions, and our European
Retail and Distribution businesses
continued to post strong growth.

Our continued focus on improving
Customer service and operational
excellence has underpinned like for
like sales growth of 3.4% and like for
like trading profit growth of 7%.

The strength of performance in
2007 once again demonstrates
the strategic strength of our broad
geographical base.

We continue to reflect our management
structure in our reporting by separately
providing an analysis of the two
segments of our business,Retail and
Distribution,by geographical region.
We have also clearly articulated our
expansion into Emerging Markets and
so report results in Emerging Markets
separately to give shareholders specific
information on our growth in these
markets.We define Emerging Markets
as those countries in which we operate
that have started to grow but have yet to
reach a mature stage of development
and accordingly are in the growth
phase of the development cycle.These
currently comprise Russia,China,the
Balkans,the Baltics and Poland.For the
first time we are including Poland as an
Emerging Market.

Emerging Markets
We continue to enjoy outstanding
growth in the Emerging Markets in
both Retail and Distribution.The car
market in the Baltics grew by 34%, the
Romanian market by 25%, Bulgaria by
12.1%, Russia by 65% and China by
24%. Growth in the Polish market
reached 18.5% in 2007.

Our sales in these markets grew by
145% in total and 49% on a like for like
basis.Trading profits were up 181% in
total and 77% on a like for like basis.

The performance of our first full year
of trading at our Russia business in
St Petersburg has been excellent,
contributing £149m to sales and
generating £9.8m of trading profit
from trading margins of 6.6%.This
performance will be further enhanced
in 2008 following the purchase of the
Audi and Peugeot retail centres in
December 2007.

We have expanded further in China,
opening a second retail centre in
Shaoxing in January 2008 and our
business in the Baltics continues to
grow with the acquisition of Baltic
Motors Corporation and SIA BM Auto
in Latvia and UAB Vitvela in Lithuania
in July 2007.

Retail business
The performance in our Retail
businesses was very strong with
sales up 53% in total, primarily
benefiting from eleven months
of trading from European Motor
Holdings plc in the UK, but also from
the relentless drive on implementation
of our Customer-centric operational
excellence programmes.

In the UK we delivered total sales
growth of 64%. Our like for like sales
growth of 5.2% delivered like for like
trading margins which declined by
0.3ppts to 2.5% but outperformed
the market. Across Europe our Retail
turnaround strategy is delivering
results with like for like sales growth
of 4.8% delivering a like for like
trading profit of £0.8m versus
a loss of £0.8m in 2006.

Distribution business
Overall our Distribution businesses
posted a solid performance. Like for
like sales were in line with last year but,
with gross margins and good cost
management, like for like trading profit
grew by 8.4% to £200.4m.

The markets in Asia continued to be
very competitive with the market in
Hong Kong growing 16.5%, boosted by
new Government tax incentives for low
emission vehicles.

18

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Delivering
global
growth

2007 has been another outstanding
year for Inchcape, delivering a record
performance for the sixth year in
a row.

Our performance in 2007 once
again demonstrates the strength of
our unique business model with a
broad geographical base, multiple
brands, multi-channels and multiple
value drivers.

UK

• The UK car market grew 2.5%

in 2007.

• The premium car segment grew
faster than the overall market
and is expected to continue
to outperform in 2008.

• Market pricing was more

competitive in 2007, with used
car margins declining overall.

Outperforming
the market

Inchcape in the UK

Inchcape Retail UK performed well throughout 2007 despite difficult market
conditions and interest rate rises that have negatively affected the UK economy.
Inchcape delivered sales growth in the Retail business of 64% in 2007 and on
a like for like basis outperformed the market with a 5.2% increase. In line with
our strategy to focus on achieving scale relationships with our core premium
brand partners, the Company has successfully integrated the acquired UK
businesses of Lind and European Motor Holdings plc and made significant
progress on strategic disposals.

Kevin Ball
BMW Technician

Find further information online
www.inchcape.co.uk

Russia

• Russia’s car market is the largest
in Central and Eastern Europe
and is continuing to experience
rapid growth.

• Foreign brand car sales

continue to see significant
growth and now represent
nearly 60% of all vehicles sales.

• Growth is being driven by the
rapid emergence of a large
middle class with significant
disposable income.

Strong growth
potential

Inchcape has established two strong anchor-points in Russia. In St Petersburg,
Inchcape now retails Toyota/Lexus,Audi and Peugeot and in Moscow two
Toyota retail and service centres are under construction.There are opportunities
for attractive and sustainable margins from strong unit economics based
on scale facilities and the growth of used car sales and aftersales.Trading
in Russia in the first full year has delivered a return on sales of 6.6%, the
highest in the Group for Retail, which contributed £9.8m of trading profit
on sales of £149m.

Ekaterina Razuminina
Marketing Manager

Find further information online
www.inchcape.com

China

• China is one of the fastest

growing markets for automotive
sales; the market grew by 24%
in 2007.

• China has overtaken Japan
as the second largest car
market in the world.

• Inchcape aims to build scale

within the three biggest
regional markets of Shanghai,
Beijing and Guangzhou
and exploit greenfield and
acquisition opportunities.

First retail centre
opens in Shaoxing

Inchcape first entered the exciting Chinese market in January 2007 with
the opening of the Shaoxing Toyota retail centre, built from a greenfield site
in an unprecedented 100 days.The move into China reinforces the ongoing
implementation of Inchcape’s global strategy to expand into the Emerging
Markets while building on and strengthening our relationships with our core
brand partners. During 2008, we will expand further into the Shaoxing
regional market with the opening of a Lexus retail centre and a further
Lexus retail centre in Shanghai.

Li Shun
Sales Consultant

Find further information online
www.inchcape.com

Business review
Operating review continued

Australia

Strategy
In our Subaru Distribution business
we aim to be Australia’s premium
Japanese automotive brand and
to leverage that position in our Retail
business to become Australia’s most
Customer-centric automotive retail
group.We focus on building scale
both with our brand partners and
geographically in major markets
along the East coast.

Market
The Australian vehicle market grew
by 9.1% in 2007, reaching an all time
record volume for the industry. Market
conditions were however very
competitive, fuelled by record levels
of sales support and marketing
expenditure with consumers particularly
sensitive to fuel consumption.

Performance
Our Distribution business achieved
sales growth of 2.1%, delivering a
market share of 3.7%. During the first
half of the year we saw the run out
of the old Impreza model, with the
launch of the new model in the third
quarter.We also saw the run out of the
current Forester model in the second
half of the year, ready for a new launch
in 2008.As a result, our share was
slightly below 2006 but our trading
margin grew to 8.4% (2006 – 7.1%).

Our Retail business saw lower trading
profits (down 16.9%) on higher sales
due to competitive market conditions,
particularly on used cars.As we were
in a run out year for the Impreza and
Forester, we also experienced lower
margins on Subaru new cars.We did,
however, continue to build scale
through the acquisition of a new
Subaru site.

Our AutoNexus business had
another successful year, winning
several new contracts.

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Retail

Distribution

Like for like sales

Retail

Distribution

Trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Trading margin

Retail

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

% change
in constant
currency

% change

657.5

240.9

416.6

643.7

227.1

416.6

43.8

8.8

35.0

44.1

9.1

35.0

6.7

3.7

8.4

616.6

216.9

399.7

616.6

216.9

399.7

38.5

10.3

28.2

38.5

10.3

28.2

6.2

4.7

7.1

6.6

11.1

4.2

4.4

4.7

4.2

13.8

(14.6)

24.1

14.5

(11.7)

24.1

4.4

8.8

2.1

2.3

2.6

2.1

11.3

(16.9)

21.7

12.1

(14.0)

21.7

0.5ppt

0.5ppt

(1.0)ppt

(1.0)ppt

1.3ppt

1.3ppt

Outlook
We expect the competitive nature
of the market to continue into 2008.
However, with the marketing investment
behind the new Impreza model in the
first quarter of the year and the launch
of the new Forester model and Tribeca
facelift in the first half, we will be well
placed to compete strongly.

26

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Europe

Strategy
In Europe,we aim to drive organic
growth in our Distribution business
and to pursue our turnaround plan
for Retail.In Distribution,growth will
continue to be driven by new model
launches and a focus on operational
excellence,supported by tight overhead
cost control.In Retail,the turnaround
plan continues to focus on operational
excellence and improvements in
capture rate (the proportion of
Customer traffic converted to orders),
through our Inchcape Advantage
programme,and the disposal of loss-
making sites where required.

Market
In Greece, the market continues
to perform well, growing by 4.2% in
2007 with the 4x4 segment growing
at the expense of small and medium
sized cars.

In Belgium, the overall new car market
was up by 1.3%.This exceeded our
expectations following the record year
for registrations in 2006 resulting from
the biennial motor show.

In November, the Finnish government
announced changes in the tax system
relating to engine emissions, effectively
reducing new car tax from January
2008.The market faced a significant
slowdown in the fourth quarter as
consumers waited for better pricing.
As a result, the full year Finnish market
was down by 13.8%.

Performance
Our Distribution business delivered
record results in 2007, with trading profits
up £8.2m (20%) on sales which were
up 5.9% to £824m.The Retail business
performed well, delivering trading profit
of £0.8m compared to losses last year
of £1.8m.

In Greece, our Distribution business
continues to lead the market with a
0.9 percentage point increase in share
to 10.7%. Like for like sales grew by 10.4%
and with tight control on overheads, like
for like trading profits were up by 26%.
In the Retail business, our focus on
implementation of Inchcape
Advantage and restructuring of the

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Retail

Distribution

Like for like sales

Retail

Distribution

Trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Trading margin

Retail

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

% change
in constant
currency

% change

1,203.9

379.8

824.1

1,198.4

377.9

820.5

50.1

0.8

49.3

50.0

0.8

49.2

4.2

0.2

6.0

1,191.1

412.8

778.3

1,135.2

360.5

774.7

39.3

(1.8)

41.1

40.2

(0.8)

41.0

3.3

(0.4)

5.3

1.1

(8.0)

5.9

5.6

4.8

5.9

27.5

144.4

20.0

24.4

200.0

20.0

0.9ppt

0.6ppt

0.7ppt

1.1

(8.0)

5.9

5.6

4.8

5.9

27.5

144.4

20.0

24.4

200.0

20.0

0.9ppt

0.6ppt

0.7ppt

business, as outlined in the turnaround
plan, is delivering results. Like for like
sales grew by 20% compared to 2006
and like for like trading losses have
been reduced by 1.8% year on year.

In Belgium, our Distribution business
maintained our share in a market which
was 1.3% up. Like for like sales grew by
4.2% compared to 2006 and with good
overhead control trading profits were
improved 17%.The Retail business was
impacted by the flat market with like for
like sales down by 2.9%, however a 1%
growth in gross margins and good
overhead controls resulted in trading
profits growing by 18.5%.

In Finland, despite the impact of car tax
changes announced in the fourth
quarter, trading profits in our Distribution
business grew by 6.6%.The tax changes
affected the Retail business significantly
in the fourth quarter, resulting in like for

like sales being down for the full year
by 7.7%. However, as a result of good
overhead controls, the launch of the
Mazda6 and the sale of two loss-
making sites outside Helsinki, trading
losses were only 3.8% down on 2006.

Outlook
We expect a good year from our
Distribution and Retail businesses in
2008. In Greece, the market is expected
to continue to grow and with Toyota’s
market leadership position, we expect
growth in trading profits from
Distribution and to continue to drive
sales and reduce losses from Retail. In
Belgium, the biennial motor show is
expected to stimulate growth in the
market and in Finland the car tax
changes will provide a good boost to
the new car segment throughout the
year. Given our model range in both
markets we are well placed to benefit
from the market growth.

www.inchcape.com

27

Business review
Operating review continued

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Distribution

Like for like sales

Distribution

Trading profit

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Distribution

Trading margin

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

% change
in constant
currency

% change

241.5

241.5

195.0

195.0

28.3

28.3

20.7

20.7

11.7

11.7

224.8

224.8

179.5

179.5

24.0

24.0

20.5

20.5

10.7

10.7

7.4

7.4

8.6

8.6

17.9

17.9

1.0

1.0

17.6

17.6

18.9

18.9

29.2

29.2

10.9

10.9

1.0ppt

1.0ppt

1.0ppt

1.0ppt

Hong Kong

Strategy
We continue to progress in Hong Kong
with a particular focus on the luxury
segment through our Lexus range.
We will also look to expand in the
growing multi-passenger vehicle (MPV)
segment with the launch of new
models in 2008.Aftersales will be a key
element of growth and we will target
operational efficiencies in this area.

Market
As a result of the new car tax system
the Hong Kong vehicle market grew
strongly, by 16.5%, in 2007.The MPV
segment was the largest contributor to
growth, increasing by 22% compared
to 2006, and now represents the
largest segment of the passenger car
market with 28% share.

Performance
We saw an excellent recovery in Hong
Kong with like for like sales up by 18.9%.
We benefited from the new government
tax regime which incentivised sales of
low emission vehicles and as a result
sales of Toyota and Lexus hybrid cars
grew significantly.The launch of the
Lexus LS600h, in June 2007, was well
received and we further benefited from
the launch of the new Corolla in the
fourth quarter.Trading profits were up
29% which included a one off profit of
£2.9m related to property.

Outlook
We expect positive market momentum
to continue based on the strength of
the Hong Kong economy and on the
tax incentives for low emission vehicles.
We do not expect significant taxi
volume until 2009, the beginning of the
replacement cycle.The opportunity for
hybrid engine cars will continue to
grow and we will exploit this with the
Toyota/Lexus range.

28

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Distribution

Like for like sales

Distribution

Trading profit

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Distribution

Trading margin

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

% change
in constant
currency

% change

480.3

480.3

479.6

479.6

46.0

46.0

45.8

45.8

9.6

9.6

659.5

659.5

658.5

658.5

58.6

58.6

58.3

58.3

8.9

8.9

(27.2)

(27.2)

(27.2)

(27.2)

(21.5)

(21.5)

(21.4)

(21.4)

(24.7)

(24.7)

(24.7)

(24.7)

(18.6)

(18.6)

(18.5)

(18.5)

0.7ppt

0.7ppt

0.7ppt

0.7ppt

Outlook
We expect the market to continue
to decline in 2008 driven overall by
lower Certificate of Entitlement (COE)
quotas and, with the Yen/S$ rate
unlikely to improve significantly, parallel
imports will continue to be a major
competitor.We will benefit from two
significant launches in the passenger
car segment and we are actively
working with Toyota in the development
of a new taxi model.

Singapore

Strategy
The strategy focuses on retaining
market leadership with healthy
margins in an overall declining and
highly competitive market. Revenue
generation is focused on stabilising
new vehicle sales by new model
launches where possible and
developing special editions of existing
models to drive differentiation and
margin.We continue to further develop
other revenue streams, specifically in
aftersales and finance penetration
and will support these initiatives
through cost and organisational
structure reorganisation.

Market
The pace of deregistrations
continued to slow as expected
and led to an overall market
decline of 9.6% compared to 2006.
Competition from parallel imports
increased significantly in 2007, driven
by importers selling new models from
Japan and the aggressive pricing
from local distributors buying in Yen.

Performance
Sales in Singapore were down by
25% but this was partly mitigated by
better trading margins, which grew
by 0.7ppts, resulting in trading profits
down by 18.6%.A number of factors
contributed to the results.A very
competitive environment, together
with a significant increase in parallel
imports, led to a decline in our market
share of 6.3ppts to 18.2%, in a market
which overall declined by 9.6%
compared to 2006.

Our share of the taxi market was also
significantly impacted by changes in
the government requirements for Euro
IV engines.We achieved strong growth
in commercial vehicles with sales up
45%, in part due to the lack of new
models from our competitors. Suzuki
sales were up 19.3% with a strong
performance in Suzuki service and
body shop with an increase in sales
of 35%. Overhead and working capital
were also tightly managed, which led
to a return on sales growth of 0.7ppts
compared to 2006.

www.inchcape.com

29

Business review
Operating review continued

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Retail

Distribution

Like for like sales

Retail

Distribution

Trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Trading margin

Retail

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

2,713.5

2,646.0

67.5

1,546.3

1,509.9

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

1,711.9

1,614.1

97.8

1,476.0

1,434.9

36.4

69.6

64.7

4.9

43.0

38.1

4.9

2.6

2.4

7.3

41.1

45.9

42.1

3.8

46.3

40.6

5.7

2.7

2.6

3.9

% change
in constant
currency

% change

58.5

63.9

(31.0)

4.8

5.2

58.5

63.9

(31.0)

4.8

5.2

(11.4)

(11.4)

51.6

53.7

28.9

(7.1)

(6.2)

(14.0)

51.6

53.7

28.9

(7.1)

(6.2)

(14.0)

(0.1)ppt

(0.2)ppt

3.4ppt

(0.1)ppt

(0.2)ppt

3.4ppt

UK

Strategy
The strategy in the UK will continue to
focus efforts on the premium car
segment with a smaller number of key
brand partners.We will improve
Customer service through Inchcape
Advantage and will drive growth in
aftersales and finance penetration.

Market
We saw some recovery in the UK
market which grew by 2.5% in 2007.
The new car premium segment grew
much faster, with Inchcape’s premium
brands increasing 5.5% year on year.
There has also been significant growth
in Diesel engines as fuel prices and
car tax increase. Market pricing was
more competitive and, in particular,
used car margins declined overall.

Performance
Inchcape delivered total sales
growth in the Retail business of 64%
in 2007 and on a like for like basis
outperformed the market with growth
of 5.2%. However, due to pressure on
used car volumes and margins, the
like for like margin declined from 2.8%
to 2.5%.Total trading profits were up
54%, driven by the integration of the
Lind and EMH businesses, which is
progressing well. In total our return on
sales declined from 2.6% to 2.4% in
2007 as the benefits of the acquisitions
of Lind and EMH helped offset the
margin pressure on used cars.

Our UK Distribution segment,
comprising Inchcape Fleet Solutions,
saw like for like trading profits decline
£0.8m due to investment in new
contract hire business, the benefit
of which will be seen in future years.

Outlook
The overall market is expected to
decline by 2.5% based on the official
Society of Motor Manufacturers and
Traders (SMMT) data, but we expect
the premium sector to outperform the
market based on the strong pipeline
of new products.We expect the
pressure on margins to continue
into 2008 as there will be a need
to stimulate demand with strong
promotional activity based on
decreasing consumer confidence.

30

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Emerging markets

Strategy
In Russia, the key objectives are to
build scale Retail operations in St
Petersburg and Moscow and to exploit
regional opportunities. In China, we will
build scale within the three biggest
regional markets, Shanghai (which
includes Shaoxing), Beijing and
Guangzhou, and exploit greenfield
and acquisition opportunities. In the
Balkans, we will accelerate growth
and increase share in Romania
and increase our Retail presence
in Bulgaria. In the Baltics, we will
build scale with Retail and VIR and
capitalise on our market leading
position with our multi-brand model.

Market
We continue to see outstanding
growth in the Emerging Markets.The
car market in the Baltics grew by 34%
versus last year, whilst in the Balkans,
Romania grew by 25% and Bulgaria by
12.1%. In Russia, the market grew by
65% and in China grew by 24%.

Performance
In China, the performance of our first
Toyota site in Shaoxing has exceeded
expectations and we are continuing
the momentum with the opening of a
Lexus site, also in Shaoxing, in January
2008.Trading in Russia in the first full
year has delivered a return on sales
of 6.6%, the highest in the Group for
Retail, which contributed £9.8m of
trading profit on sales of £149m. In
the Baltics, performance was in line
with expectations, with our new
acquisitions in Lithuania and Latvia
performing well. Our businesses in
the Balkans delivered sales growth of
57% with trading margins which have
grown by 0.1ppts compared to 2006.

Outlook
We continue to see the Emerging
Markets as a key source of growth
for the Group and expect them to
represent an increasing proportion
of the Group’s earnings. In 2008 we
will also have a full year contribution
from the recently acquired Audi and
Peugeot retail centres in Russia and
the two acquisitions made in the
Baltics. In China, growth will continue

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Retail

Distribution

Like for like sales

Retail

Distribution

Trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Trading margin

Retail

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

% change
in constant
currency

% change

518.6

276.6

242.0

318.0

125.2

192.8

29.6

13.2

16.4

19.7

5.0

14.7

5.7

4.8

6.8

212.8

79.8

133.0

212.8

79.8

133.0

10.6

1.1

9.5

11.1

1.6

9.5

5.0

1.4

7.1

143.7

246.6

82.0

49.4

56.9

45.0

179.2

1,100.0

72.6

77.5

212.5

54.7

0.7ppt

3.4ppt

144.5

251.4

80.6

49.3

56.6

45.0

180.8

1,118.5

71.6

77.3

212.5

54.7

0.7ppt

3.4ppt

(0.3)ppt

(0.3)ppt

in our current sites and will be
added to with new site openings.
In the Balkans we will leverage our
market leadership position and we
expect to see continued growth in
Romania and Bulgaria with three
sites under construction.

www.inchcape.com

31

Business review
Operating review continued

Core brand partners

Key financial highlights

Sales

Retail

Distribution

Like for like sales

Retail

Distribution

Trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Like for like trading profit

Retail

Distribution

Trading margin

Retail

Distribution

Year
ended
31.12.2007
£m

Year
ended
31.12.2006
£m

% change

% change
in constant
currency

241.5

4.0

237.5

237.5

–

237.5

25.1

0.1

25.0

25.0

–

25.0

10.4

2.5

10.5

225.4

–

225.4

225.4

–

225.4

21.9

–

21.9

21.9

–

21.9

9.7

–

9.7

7.1

–

5.4

5.4

–

5.4

14.6

–

14.2

14.2

–

14.2

14.2

–

12.3

12.3

–

12.3

24.8

–

24.3

24.3

–

24.3

0.7ppt

0.7ppt

–

–

0.8ppt

0.8ppt

The business in Ethiopia is
expected to continue to perform
ahead of the market and will
benefit from capital investment
projects undertaken in 2007.

Rest of world

Strategy
We will continue to focus on
operational excellence and will drive
organisational efficiencies through
tight cost controls.We will develop
differentiation in our brand portfolio
and will seek to develop scale through
acquisition where opportunities arise.

Market
We saw good market growth across
most markets in which we trade. In
South America, the market in Chile
was up 13.3% and in Peru was up
by 49%. In Brunei, Guam and New
Zealand, markets recorded more
modest growth, up 1.5%, 6.4% and
0.8% respectively.The only exception
was Saipan, where the market
contracted by 37%, due to a
slowdown in the economy.

Performance
We continue to maintain a market
leadership position in Guam, Saipan
and Brunei and in 2007 these markets
delivered like for like trading profit
growth of 15.7%.

Our business in Ethiopia delivered
record results in 2007, with trading
profit growth of 36% on sales which
grew by 43%.

We delivered a strong performance in
South America, which was boosted by
growth in the market and better than
expected returns from the acquisition
of our new Honda retail site.Trading
profits were up 46% compared to 2006
in total and 43% on a like for like basis.

In New Zealand, pressure on used car
margins and a reduction in the used
car market contributed to a decline
in trading profits.

Outlook
We remain confident of a good
performance from these markets in
2008.The markets in Chile and Peru
are expected to continue to grow, but
at a slower pace and will be led by
the luxury car segment.We will look
to develop the scale of the business
there through additional acquisitions.

32

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Financial review

A year of record performance

nchcape has produced another
year of record results.This has been
achieved within a robust structure.
The following Financial review

details the financial implications of our
operational activity and the risks which
we monitor and take steps to mitigate.

Central costs
Central costs for the full year are
£27.5m, £2.6m (10.4%) higher than
2006.This increase is a reflection of
the continued investment in new
management, processes and systems
to support our growth.

Joint ventures and associates
The share of profit after tax of joint
ventures has decreased by £2.4m to
£3.5m in 2007.This is mainly as a result
of the sale of our 50% stake in Inchroy
Credit Corporation Ltd in January 2007.

Exceptional items
The exceptional items represent the
net profits on the sale of a number of
non-core businesses. Included within
this is the sale of Inchroy (£12.0m profit),
Inchcape Automotive and non-core
retail centres in the UK (£7.1m loss).

Net financing costs
The net finance charge of £33.4m
was £27.5m higher than in 2006
and is a reflection of our expansion
strategy in 2007.The majority of the
cost relates to the financing of the
EMH acquisition, but also includes
the acquisition of Porsche in the UK,
Audi and Peugeot in Russia and our
acquisitions in the Baltics.

Tax
The subsidiaries headline tax rate for
the year is 25%, as expected at the
half year, and compared to 21.7% in
2006.This increase arises due to the
fact that the 2006 tax rate was low
following the resolution of prior year
issues and following the recognition of
deferred tax on certain accumulated
allowances.The rate is expected to
continue at this level into 2008.

Following the 2007 Finance Bill,
changes to the treatment of industrial
buildings allowances and the
reduction in the UK standard rate
of corporation tax from 30% to 28%,
both of which are effective in 2008, we
have had to reassess our deferred tax
position on our property portfolio.As
a result we expect to recognise a £6m
exceptional tax charge in 2008.

There has been recent court progress
regarding VAT and interest claims
affecting the motor retail sector.There
remains insufficient certainty about the
outcome of these cases to recognise
the amounts we have filed claims for,
so we continue to not recognise these.

Minority interests
Profits attributable to minority interests
increased to £5.7m in 2007 from £2.9m
in 2006 and were the result of the 25%
minority shareholding by the Olimp
Group in the Toyota/Lexus operation
in St Petersburg, acquired in December
2006, and the 33% minority holding by
UAB Vitvela resulting from the July
acquisition in Lithuania.

Cash flow
The Group continues to be strongly
cash generative with cash flow from
operating activities of £293m,
representing 111% of operating profit
before exceptional items. Once again,
the tight management of working
capital has been a key success factor
in the delivery of this result.

During the year, the Group returned
nearly £90m to shareholders with
£71.1m through dividend payments
and £18.5m through a programme
of buying shares in the market. In
addition, the Group invested £408m
in acquisitions and net capital
expenditure, funded by additional
borrowing facilities, and realised
£86m from the disposal of businesses.
Overall, the Group had net debt of
£221.5m at 31 December 2007

compared to £19.0m at
31 December 2006.

Pensions
During the year, and in line with the
funding programme agreed with the
Trustees in 2006, the Group made
additional cash contributions to the UK
defined benefit scheme amounting to
£13.2m.These payments, together with
changes in the long term interest rates
since the end of 2006, have resulted in
a net pension surplus at 31 December
2007 of £28.5m, compared to a net
deficit at the end of 2006 of £22.7m.

Acquisitions and disposals
The Group announced and
completed significant expansion in
2007 and invested a total of £329.6m
in acquisitions, offset by total proceeds
from disposals of £86m.

The completion of the acquisition of
EMH in February 2007 for £234m has
been followed up through the year
with disposals of non-core EMH and
base businesses plus the Inchcape
Automotive business for a total
consideration of £38m.

In January we completed the
acquisition of a Honda dealership in
the fast growing Chilean market for
a total consideration of £1.3m.

In the Baltics we acquired Baltic
Motors Corporation and SIA BM Auto
in Latvia, a retail group including five
retail centres primarily in Riga, giving
us representation of Ford and Land
Rover as well as 70% of BMW in the
country for a consideration of £48m.
In Lithuania we acquired 67% of UAB
Vitvela giving us representation of Ford
and Mazda and a leading share of
Mitsubishi and Hyundai Retail for a
consideration of £14.9m.

We further developed our business
in Russia with the completion in
December of the acquisition of an Audi
retail centre and a Peugeot retail centre
from the Olimp Group for £19.1m.

www.inchcape.com

33

Business review
Financial review continued

Capital expenditure
The Group maintained its policy
of investing to improve operating
standards of its retail centres and
to develop new greenfield retail
centres.We also announced the
long term implementation plan for
a global SAP operational system
platform, and agreed terms with
SAP at the beginning of quarter
four 2007. Capital expenditure
related to this in 2007 was £6.4m.

Total capital expenditure of £80.1m
was made in 2007, principally in the
UK and the Emerging Markets.

Principal business risk factors

Enterprise risk identification
and management
Inchcape applies an effective
system of risk management in terms
of identifying risks and monitoring
actions to manage these risks. Further
details of the Group risk management
process can be found on page 56.

Risk is a part of doing business: our
system of risk management aims to
provide assurance to the Board on
the effectiveness of our control
framework in managing risk against
a background of highly diverse and
competitive markets.

The benefits of our rigorous
approach to risk management
include: maximised resource efficiency
through controlled prioritisation
of issues, benchmarking between
business units, effective crisis
management processes and a
knowledge base of best practice.

The Group considers risk under the
following broad risk categories:
Performance; Competition; Fraud;
Regulatory; Environmental;
Organisation and Capability;
Technology; Capital; and external
factors such as changing Economic
and Political Conditions.

The following provides an overview
of the principal business risk areas
identified by the Executive Committee
and the mitigating actions in place
within Inchcape.

Execution of strategic change projects
Inchcape focuses on managing
strategic change and mitigating the
risks of projects failing through cross
functional planning and ongoing
review processes, managing pace,
delivery and including interim and
post investment appraisal.

Execution of an integrated
technology strategy
Developing, implementing
and maintaining an integrated
information system is paramount
in successfully delivering the
Group’s strategic objectives.

During 2007 the Group announced
its global Information Systems (IS)
strategy. It has signed an agreement
with SAP, the world’s leading provider
of business software, to design and roll
out a leading edge software solution.
The solution will enable efficient,
effective and enduring automated
operational procedures and will allow
IS and process best practices to be
applied globally.The solution will
further enable the production of key
management data to facilitate
decision making across Inchcape’s
operations, driving its ‘Gold Standard
performance’ management culture.

Attracting, developing and retaining
talented employees
In order to deliver on the Group’s
strategic objectives colleagues with
sufficient talent and skill are required.

Initiatives have been introduced to help
identify, recruit and retain highly skilled
employees.The key elements of this
initiative include the implementation
of a global performance assessment
and talent review process. Furthermore,
the Group’s remuneration is externally
benchmarked to ensure ongoing
competitiveness and succession plans
are developed for all key positions to
support the achievement of both short
and long term objectives.

Aligning acquisitions with
Group objectives
Where we further expand our business
through acquisitions, processes
are in place to identify appropriate
opportunities, to conduct thorough
due diligence and effectively
integrate new businesses.

An opportunity management and
evaluation system is in place and all
significant investments undergo
detailed analysis and interim and post
investment appraisal. Furthermore, all
acquisitions are supported by expert
project teams comprising staff from
various business functions.

34

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Changing economic or political
conditions in key markets
As the Group operates in a number
of geographically spread and
unique environments the effect of
changing economic or political
conditions could impact on the
achievement of business objectives.

This risk is effectively managed through
the strength of the Inchcape portfolio
of business and management focus
on value added initiatives. In addition
tight discipline is maintained over
working capital management and
a system of continuous monitoring
through operational review meetings,
budget, forecast and variance
analysis is in place which focuses
on areas of opportunity and
addresses areas where we identify
the need for improvement.

Corporate Social Responsibility
Inchcape acknowledges and acts
on its corporate social responsibility
(CSR).As highlighted elsewhere
in this report, in 2007 we increased
our focus on our CSR programme,
engaging an independent specialist
consultancy to help us redefine,
benchmark and progress
implementation ensuring that
it provides benefits to both our
employees and to our shareholders.

Brand partner relationships
The strength of relationships with
our brand partners is critical to the
ongoing success of the Group. In
order to maintain these relationships,
through constant focus on
performance, delivering quality and
effective communication, we ensure
that our objectives are closely aligned
to those of our brand partners.

Environment health and safety
(EH&S)
Ensuring an appropriate structure
is in place to manage EH&S risks
at every level of the Group is a key
element of the Group’s EH&S
process. Supported by the Group
Risk Management function, local

management are responsible for
maintaining, improving and
monitoring EH&S risk management
processes. In order to ensure the
effective management of EH&S
processes, local management from
each business, together with the
Group Risk Manager, review EH&S
compliance and closely monitor
remediation activities, the outcomes
of which are monitored by the Risk
Management Strategy Group.

Changing Customer requirements
Inchcape is focused on achieving
Customer-centric excellence and
our businesses must be flexible to
changing Customer preferences
and trends.

As part of our Customer focused
approach there are ongoing industry
reviews and analysis of current and
anticipated Customer preferences
by market and brand. In addition,
our strategic planning process
incorporates known Customer
trends and supports the business in
developing initiatives to address them.

Effective communication with the
investment community
Investor Relations and the Group
Finance Director have developed
a series of protocols to ensure the
Group’s strategic and performance
related achievements are
communicated consistently and
clearly, and are appropriately
targeted. Furthermore, the Board
undertakes an annual review of
investor communications and
disclosure practices.

Identifying, monitoring and reacting
to regulatory changes and trends
The Group’s operating landscape
is impacted by changes in the
regulatory environment. Inchcape
has implemented a mechanism
of ongoing monitoring of legal
and regulatory developments
co-ordinated between Group and
divisional management to ensure
we effectively manage risk and

compliance in this important area.
In addition, we participate in relevant
local industry bodies to ensure we
are positioned to manage
anticipated regulatory changes.

Fraud
Processes are in place to mitigate
the risk of either internal or external
fraud.These include an independent
internal audit function reporting to
the Audit Committee, Group-wide
and local fraud risk assessment
activities and the Group’s system
of internal control.

Corporate governance
of joint ventures and third
party arrangements
As part of the Group’s expansion
strategy, the future development of
business partnerships in the form of
joint ventures and minority interests is
likely to continue.These relationships
are key to driving financial growth
and shareholder value and are
appropriately managed.To ensure
the Group is sufficiently protected,
robust shareholder and joint venture
agreements are in place and
shareholder representatives are
appointed with clearly defined
responsibilities and delegated
authorities.

Group liquidity and project
funding arrangements
A key enabler to the Group’s
strategic objectives of growing the
core business through expansion is
maintaining sufficient cash flow to
fund development opportunities.

To ensure the effective management
of the Group’s cash flow and liquidity,
banking arrangements have been
aligned with strategic plans. In
addition, a consistent approach
to cash management, forecasting
and working capital management
has been introduced and tax
planning activities support
funding requirements.

www.inchcape.com

35

Business review
Financial review continued

Financial risk factors

The centralised treasury department
manages the key financial risks of
the Group encompassing funding
and liquidity risk, interest rate risk,
counterparty risk and currency risk.
Treasury operates as a service centre
under Board approved objectives
and policies and is subject to regular
internal audit.

Funding and liquidity risk
Group policy is to ensure that the
funding requirements forecast by
the Group can be met within
available committed facilities and
to maintain maturity spread which
is advantageous in terms of pricing
and maturity risk.The Group’s
principal committed facility is a
£500m syndicated revolving credit
facility put in place in April 2007.
This facility has a tenure of five
years with an option to extend for
an additional year on both the first
and second anniversary dates.At
the year end this facility was drawn
by £80m.Also, in April, the Group
put in place a three year £35m
term loan with a relationship bank.

In May 2007, the Group issued $350m
loan notes for ten years and a further
$200m of twelve year notes by way of
a private placement. $475m of these
notes were subsequently swapped
to floating rate sterling at a spread
of LIBOR +87.6bps with the remaining
$75m of the ten year notes remaining
at the fixed dollar rate.The ten year
notes were issued at a fixed rate of
5.94%.The twelve year notes were
issued at a fixed rate of 6.04% and
were swapped to sterling at a rate
of LIBOR +90bps.

The private placement was used to
refinance the bridge finance put in
place for the EMH acquisition.A
further c. £4.5m of loan notes were
issued in February and March as part
consideration for the shares of EMH.
These notes mature in 2012 and have
an interest rate of LIBOR less 1%.

In addition to the committed
facilities, the Group has access to
uncommitted borrowing lines made
available by relationship banks.
These facilities are used for liquidity
management purposes.At the year
end these facilities were drawn
by £20m.

Currency risk
The Group publishes its consolidated
financial statements in sterling and
faces currency risk on the translation
of its earnings and net assets, a
significant proportion of which are
in currencies other than sterling.

Net investment hedging
Consideration is given to the
currency mix of debt with the
primary objective that interest on
such borrowings acts as a hedge
on foreign currency earnings. In
accordance with IFRS 39, the Group
designated $75m of the private
placement raised in May as a hedge
against dollar related assets in Hong
Kong, Saipan and Guam. Under IFRS
39 the hedge is documented and
tested for hedge effectiveness on
an ongoing basis.

Transaction exposure hedging
The Group has transactional
currency exposures where sales or
purchases by an operating unit are
in currencies other than in that unit’s
reporting currency. For a significant
proportion of the Group these
exposures are removed as trading is
denominated in the relevant local
currency. In particular, local billing
arrangements are in place for many
of our businesses with our brand
partners.The principal exception is
for our business in Australia which
purchases vehicles in Yen.

and expense to the extent it is effective
and recycled into the income
statement at the same time as the
underlying hedged transaction
affects the income statement. Under
IFRS 39 hedges are documented and
tested for the hedge effectiveness on
an ongoing basis. Inchcape expects
hedges entered into to continue to be
effective and therefore does not expect
the impact of ineffectiveness on the
income statement to be material.

Hedge of foreign currency debt
The Group uses cross currency interest
rate swaps to hedge the forward
foreign currency risk associated with
$475m of the $550m private
placement issued in May.The effective
portion on the gain or loss of the
hedge is recognised in the statement
of recognised income and expense
to the extent it is effective and recycled
into the income statement at the
same time as the underlying hedged
transaction affects the income
statement. Under IFRS 39 hedges are
documented and tested for hedge
effectiveness on an ongoing basis.
Inchcape expects hedges entered
into to continue to be effective and
therefore does not expect the impact
of ineffectiveness on the income
statement to be material.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate policy
has the objective of minimising
net interest expense and protecting
the Group from material adverse
movements in interest rates.
Throughout 2007, the Group has
borrowed at floating rates only.This
approach reflects the continuing
benign interest rate environment.

In this instance the Group seeks to
hedge forecast transactional foreign
exchange rate risk, using forward
foreign currency exchange contracts.
The effective portion of the gain or
loss on the hedge is recognised in
the statement of recognised income

If hedging is deemed appropriate by
management in the future the Board
has approved the fixing of up to 30%
of gross borrowings. Instruments
approved for this purpose include
interest rate swaps, forward rate
agreements and options.

36

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Credit risk
The amount due from counterparties
arising from cash deposits and the use
of financial instruments creates credit
risk.The Group monitors its credit
exposure to its counterparties via their
credit ratings (where applicable) and
through its policy of limiting its
exposure to any one party to ensure
that they are within Board approved
limits and that there are no significant
concentrations of credit risk.

Group policy is to deposit cash
and use financial instruments with
counterparties with a long term credit
rating of A or better – where available.
The notional amounts of financial
instruments used in interest rate and
foreign exchange management do
not represent the credit risk arising
through the use of these instruments.
The immediate credit risk of these
instruments is generally estimated
by the fair value of contracts with a
positive value.The maximum exposure
to credit risk for receivables and other
financial assets is represented by their
carrying amount.

Counterparties and appropriate limits
are reviewed regularly.

Insurance
The Group purchases insurance for
commercial or, where required, for
legal or contractual reasons. In
addition, the Group retains insurable
risk where external insurance is not
considered an economic means of
mitigating these risks.

Market risk sensitivity analysis
Financial instruments affected by
market risk include borrowings, deposits
and derivative financial instruments.The
Group is not exposed to commodity
price risk.The following analysis required
by IFRS 7 is intended to illustrate the
sensitivity to changes in market
variables, being UK interest rates and
the US to sterling exchange rate.

The following assumptions were made
in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

• The sensitivity to interest rates relates

only to derivative financial
instruments, as debt and deposits
are carried at amortised cost and
accordingly their carrying value does
not change as interest rates change.

• Changes in the carrying value

of derivative financial instruments
designated as cash flow hedges
from movements in interest rates
are assumed to be recorded fully
in equity.

• Changes in the carrying value of
derivative financial instruments
designated as fair value hedges
from movements in interest rates
have an immaterial effect on the
income statement and equity due
to compensating adjustments in
the carrying value of debt.

• Changes in the carrying value

of derivative financial instruments
designated as net investment
hedges from movements in interest
rates are recorded in the income
statement using the spot rather than
the forward translation method.

• Changes in the carrying value

of derivative financial instruments
designated as net investment
hedges from movements in the
US dollar to sterling exchange rate
are recorded directly in equity.

• Changes in the carrying value of

derivative financial instruments not
in hedging relationships only affect
the income statement.

• All other changes in the carrying

value of derivative financial
instruments designated as hedges
are fully effective with no impact on
the income statement.

Barbara Richmond
Group Finance Director
26 February 2008

www.inchcape.com

37

Business review
Corporate and social responsibility

A trusted member of the
international business community

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
is very important to us at Inchcape.
It supports our Core Purpose, Creating
the Ultimate Customer Experience
for our Brand Partners and reflects
the way we run our business. It is
reinforced by our Values, and is
reflected in our leadership skills.

strategy and relevant performance
management measures.

In 2007 we carried out the following:

• external benchmarking, to identify
and agree issues that are core
to businesses in and outside of
our sector;

Our brand partners and our
Customers expect and demand that
we are socially responsible members
of the international business
community. It is our understanding
of and belief in the benefits of a CSR
based culture that encourages us
to consistently take further steps to
improve the quality of life for our
employees, the local communities
in which we operate as well as wider
society.We believe that ultimately CSR
will help us to create greater value for
our shareholders, attract and retain
the best people within our industry,
achieve our shared goals and simply
become a better company.

Developing our CSR policies
Last year, we announced our
commitment to integrating socially
responsible behaviour into every
aspect of how we operate and
define ourselves. 2007 has seen our
employees and specialist external
consultants working together to start
building the foundations of a global
approach to CSR that will make
responsible economic, environmental
and social behaviour intrinsic to the
way we work.

As an indicator of our commitment,
we have engaged an external
specialist CSR consulting firm to help
us start the process of developing
and implementing an effective CSR

• internal benchmarking, based on
questionnaires, comparisons and
feedback throughout the business
to identify our stakeholders and the
issues important to them in respect
of the business we operate;

• a facilitated workshop to investigate
the findings of the benchmarking
process and determine the issues
on which we should focus;

• a review of best practice and peer

activity on environmental standards
and reporting;

• environmental reviews and

surveys focusing on opportunities
for environmental plans for our
sites globally.

This work has prepared the way for
2008 and beyond.

Management of CSR
The Board is ultimately accountable
to our shareholders for our CSR
policy. Day to day management of
CSR strategy has been delegated
to the CSR Committee, comprised
of the Group Chief Executive, Group
HR Director, Group Communications
Director and General Counsel and
Group Company Secretary.
Employees with both global and local
responsibilities support the work of the
CSR Committee across the three key
strategic areas of focus: our People,
our Communities and our Environment.

As part of the risk management
processes embedded throughout
the Group, environmental, social
and governance risks are identified
and mitigated appropriately.

Fundamentally, we believe it is the
enthusiasm and understanding of
our people that will shape and
empower Inchcape’s CSR culture.
To this end a major employee
engagement and awareness
programme in 2007 has helped
us to lay firm foundations on which
we can build in 2008 and beyond.

Going forward, we plan to combine
the local knowledge, enthusiasm
and expertise of our employees
worldwide with our clearly defined
Values, standards and policies to
enable us to contribute responsibly
and sustainably to society.

2007 Review
In parallel with formalising our
approach to CSR activities and
reporting, during 2007 we have
concentrated on three areas:

• our People: we have introduced a
number of initiatives to improve the
performance and prospects of our
People which are outlined below;

• our Communities: we have

participated in the numerous
communities in which we operate
and again, a selection of activities
are detailed later in the report;

• our Environment: we have begun
analysing our impact and are
increasing the awareness of our
environmental management.

38

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Health and Safety
The safety of our employees is of paramount importance.We regularly
review our Health and Safety policies and procedures.

Objectives for 2008
In the context of the early stage of our
CSR journey, we have chosen a few
strategically important targets for 2008.

In 2008, our objectives include:

• raising employee engagement
through the various initiatives
from our People strategy,
including significant reward
and development plans;

• extending our employee survey
to our global employee base;

• extending best practice in
health and safety to our
operations worldwide;

• identifying and defining

environmental initiatives for
2009 and beyond.

Each of these is discussed in more
detail below.

Our People
Our success as a business depends
on maintaining a high level of
engagement of our people in every
market in which we operate.We
recognise that it is our people who
bring our Core Purpose of Creating
the Ultimate Customer Experience for
our Brand Partners to life. Over the past
year we have defined and agreed the

global People strategy which is
designed to support and achieve
this goal.

The strategy aims to ensure that we
have engaged employees in winning
teams throughout the organisation.
We are committed to:

• becoming a magnet for talented
people who live our Values and
enjoy working in winning teams
delivering outstanding results;

• equipping our people to excel today
and provide exciting development
opportunities for the future, aligned
to our business ambition;

• recognising, celebrating and

rewarding the contribution our
people and teams make to deliver
our challenging business ambition;

• creating a great place to work
where people choose to make
a real difference and deliver the
Ultimate Customer Experience.

Our employee base is diverse and
reflects the different cultures and
markets within which we operate.
This diversity creates a range of
perspectives that allows us to
constantly challenge and improve the
way we do things as we work towards

our goal of putting the Customer
at the centre of our business.

Employee communications
This year, much effort has been
applied in engaging our people
with our Customer-centric agenda.
Employees around the globe have
attended events to discuss our
strategy, Core Purpose and company
Values, and to understand their
personal roles in delivering our Vision.

The Vision and strategy for the Group
is regularly communicated through
market visits, employee events and
informal meetings with Inchcape
employees globally. Objectives in
support of the strategy are supported
through the performance
management process.Additionally,
feedback is sought from a

www.inchcape.com

39

Business review
Corporate and social responsibility continued

representative group of employees
on specific issues. During 2007, we
measured performance against the
objectives set at the 2006 Management
Conference to ensure that the Group’s
goals and objectives remained clear
and well understood.

During 2008 we intend to pursue
our engagement efforts through a
global programme for all employees.
Customer 1st is an innovative employee
experience designed to reinforce
understanding and alignment to
Inchcape’s differentiating
Customer-centric agenda.

Employee survey
An annual survey is carried out to
identify issues that need to be
addressed and to identify areas
where we can improve.The results
of the survey are communicated to

employees and actions are taken to
follow up on agreed areas. In the UK
we had an 84% response rate to the
survey.We intend to develop our
current method of feedback into
a global survey in 2008.

Talent and performance management
Talent and performance management
is at the heart of our People strategy.
In 2007 we updated our talent
management process. During the year,
we ran several development and
assessment centres and programmes
for our managers – focusing on our
leadership skills.We have also
conducted a thorough review of our
leadership population with a view to
continuously upgrading the quality
and depth of our talent pool. Our
analysis clearly shows us that talented
people yield much higher levels of
Customer satisfaction and profit.

career paths and growth.We will
seek to build on this in 2008.

Employee safety
The safety of our employees is of
paramount importance. Many of
our employees handle hazardous
substances and work with heavy
machinery.We regularly review our
policies and procedures for our
employees and have appropriate
training programmes in place.

Inchcape and the environment
Our new corporate Values include
a commitment to caring for
our environment.

Our first step in delivering on this
commitment is to improve our
understanding of the environmental
impact of our operations prior to
identifying the right initiatives for
the business.

We have also focused on our ability to
attract and retain talented individuals
through attractive performance based
rewards and interesting and diverse
career opportunities.As a global
business, we are also able to provide
international secondments and
promotions, enabling us to give our
best people constantly stimulating

Using the UK DEFRA Environmental
Reporting Guidelines as a framework,
we have established a global team
which includes representatives from all
the countries in which we operate.The
team will meet quarterly to update on
progress against national plans and
share best practice among the
Company’s operations worldwide.

Employment policy
Our success as a business
depends on maintaining a
high level of engagement of
our people in every market in
which we operate.

40

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

The team’s main roles are to:

• identify Inchcape’s most significant
areas of environmental impact;

• identify appropriate initiatives; and

Equally, a well maintained vehicle
has significantly less impact upon the
environment than a poorly maintained
one. Our service advisers are trained
to advise motorists accordingly.

By encouraging our employees to
engage in the issues which affect
their local environment, we can
target funds and assistance more
effectively as well as develop a sense
of personal involvement.‘Getting
involved’ also helps employees
gain a better understanding of
the communities in which they live
which in turn helps us to better
serve our local Customers.

Serving our communities
With a presence in twenty six
countries, the Group’s broad
international spread has resulted in a
diverse range of people, cultures and
lifestyles that enrich our Company.

• set achievable targets

for improvement.

The initial areas that the team
identified are:

• greenhouse gas emissions, directly
from our business and indirectly
through our use of energy;

• pollution, through the

accidental release to soil,
air or water of potentially
harmful fluids or chemicals;

• waste to landfill, mainly generated
from our service and distribution
activities, some of which may be a
hazard if not disposed of properly.

Inchcape will create a set of
guidelines for new-build and
refurbishment construction projects,
to ensure that the most appropriate
environmental practice is integrated
into our property portfolio as rapidly
as possible.We are investigating the
benefits from insulation of walls and
roofs, plus treatments and films for
windows and other glass surfaces.
Where possible we will introduce solar
capture and other environmentally
friendly heating or cooling methods.
Management of water is important
and at several sites globally we are
already operating fully recycled water
wash processes, which collect, clean
and re-use all liquid run-off.

We will investigate the potential to use
recycled materials wherever possible
as a Group-wide policy, and pay
special attention on refurbishment
projects where storage and re-use
of existing materials will have the
additional advantage of minimising
the environmental impact of
transportation of building materials.

Our sales people attend regular
training sessions such that they
themselves understand
environmental and performance
data in relation to the vehicles
we sell and are able to present that
information to potential Customers.

Our Values

In 2007, we committed ourselves to a new set of corporate Values across
our worldwide operations.These Values are central to the way we work
and are fundamental to our relationship with Customers, brand partners
and employees.

Respect for Each
Other

People are at the heart of who we are, how we think and
how we act; Inchcape is successful because of ‘us’.We
celebrate diversity, we value and learn from each other
and feel proud to be working with the best.We have faith
in each other and show each other real loyalty.

Winning Together We are strong as individuals, but we’re even stronger
as a team.We are part of a rich global network and
together we achieve great things.We enjoy working
with each other and always achieve more when we do.

Treating Every
£ as Our Own

This is our Company and we feel proud to be part of it.
We see cost as a good thing, as long as it creates value.
What we hate is waste, so we think before we spend.

Integrity Without
Compromise

We have no ‘hidden agendas’.We have an
uncompromising commitment to transparency and
ethical principles.We believe in a straight-talking, human
approach.We take personal responsibility for what we
say and do. In an industry not famed for trust, Customers
choose us for our clarity, honesty and realism.

Pioneering New
Ideas

An intrepid spirit is the essence of Inchcape.We lead
our industry by example.We liberate talent and prize
initiative.We are prepared to take risks drawing on our
powerful global resources of creativity and insight.

Passionate about
Customers

We are committed to putting the Customer first every
day, every time, everywhere.We are energised by
making our Customers feel special, which we do by
delivering brilliant basics and creating magic moments.

Caring for Our
Environment

Each one of us plays our part in addressing global
concerns through our local, everyday actions.We
integrate an awareness of our environmental impact
with responsible business decision making and
advance opportunities to reduce our industry’s
bearing upon our planet.

www.inchcape.com

41

Business review
Corporate and social responsibility continued

With our extensive international interests,
Inchcape firmly believes in supporting the
many different communities and cultures
within which we operate, often through
sponsorship and support of local charities
for local people

Since 2004 MOENCO, our
Distribution business in Ethiopia,
has been a major supporter of
Africa’s biggest road race that
aims to raise the profile of
Ethiopian athletes and ‘bring
the world to Ethiopia’.The
Toyota Great Ethiopian 10K
Run was held in Addis Ababa
in November 2007, attracting
a record 30,000 participants.

Inchcape Fleet Solutions, the
Portsmouth based vehicle leasing
and fleet management company,
provided vehicle aid to the British
Red Cross by presenting a Lexus
RX 400h to the charity for its UK
emergency response vehicle fleet.

Inchcape Retail UK supports BEN,
the motor industry benevolent
fund.This support is shown through
financial commitment, employee
time commitment and various
fundraising initiatives over the
year. Employees also contribute
to a number of charities and
trusts throughout the year that
are of personal interest.

Inchcape Poland has been
participating in a charity
programme called
‘Hot-Meal-A-Day’.To each
BMW Service invoice we add,
with our Customers’ consent,
5 zł (approximately £1),
equivalent to two hot meals.
Money collected is transferred
to the Polish Foundation for
CSR, which feeds children in the
poorest regions of the country.

www.inchcape.com/csr

Toyota Hellas, Greece, supports
the ‘Papammakaristos’ Institution.
The organisation provides protection
and training for children with
intellectual and cognitive disabilities
such as autism and for those with
communication and behavioural
problems.Toyota Hellas purchased
equipment for the development of
a special care unit dedicated to
the children’s therapy, relaxation
and general health.

Inchcape’s Head Office donates to
one nominated charity each year
through a variety of fundraising
events and employee collections.
The charity-of-the-year in 2007 was
St Christopher’s Hospice, a charity
established to provide skilled and
compassionate palliative care of
the highest quality. St Christopher’s
received over £7,500 in 2007 from
employee initiatives and
fundraising activities.

Since its introduction in 2001,
our business in Brunei, NBT Sdn Bhd
has sponsored Projek Ikan Pusu (PIP)
the Brunei Darussalam National
Football Development Program which
aims to educate children through
football. Co-organised by the Ministry
of Education Brunei and the Football
Association of Brunei Darussalam
(BAFA), it is supported by the Ministry
of Culture,Youth and Sports.

For several years,Crown Motors
Limited (CML) in Hong Kong has
organised the Lexus Club’s popular
Lexus Charity Golf Days to raise funds
for the China Literacy Foundation
Limited (CLFL),which seeks to provide
schooling for very poor children in
rural China.Donations by Lexus
owners,matched by CML,have
contributed towards the construction
of the Cuihua Centre Primary School
in Kunming,in China’s southwest
Yunnan Province.

Governance
Board of Directors

An experienced team committed
to delivering strong results

1. Peter Johnson

2.André Lacroix

3. Barbara Richmond

4.Will Samuel

5. Raymond Ch’ien

6. Karen Guerra

7. Ken Hanna

8. David Scotland

9. Michael Wemms

Members of the audit committee
Dates of appointment/resignation:

Members of the remuneration committee
Dates of appointment/resignation:

Members of the nominations committee
Dates of appointment/resignation:

Ken Hanna Chairman
(Member – 27 September 2001)
Chairman – 16 May 2002
Will Samuel – 26 January 2005
Michael Wemms – 29 January 2004
David Scotland – 24 February 2005

Michael Wemms Chairman
(Member – 29 January 2004)
Chairman – 13 May 2004
Will Samuel – 26 January 2005
Ken Hanna – 27 September 2001
David Scotland – 24 February 2005
Karen Guerra – 1 January2006

Peter Johnson Chairman
(Member – 1 July 1999)
Chairman – 1 January 2006
Will Samuel – 1 April 2005
Ken Hanna – 26 February 2004
Michael Wemms – 29 July 2004
David Scotland – 29 November 2005
André Lacroix – 1 January 2006

44

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

1. Peter Johnson
Position: Non-executive Chairman

2.André Lacroix
Position: Group Chief Executive

3. Barbara Richmond
Position: Group Finance Director

Appointment to Board: January 1998

Appointment to Board: September 2005

Appointment to Board:April 2006

Age: 60

Age: 48

Age: 47

Committee Membership(s): Nominations
Committee (1 July 1999)

Committee Membership(s): Nominations
Committee (1 January 2006)

Experience:André Lacroix is Chairman of
Good Restaurants AG.He was previously
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Euro Disney S.C.A.Prior to this he was the
President of Burger King International,
previously Diageo.

Committee Membership(s): None

Experience: Barbara Richmond is a
Non-executive Director of the Scarborough
Building Society.She was previously Group
Finance Director of Croda International Plc
and Whessoe plc.

Experience: Peter Johnson was Group Chief
Executive of Inchcape plc,Chief Executive of
Inchcape Motors International and Inchcape
Motors Retail.He is Chairman of Rank Group
plc,a Non-executive Director of Bunzl plc and
Vice President of the Institute of the Motor
Industry.He was previously Sales and
Marketing Director of the Rover Group,and
Chief Executive of the Marshall Group.

4.Will Samuel
Position: Deputy Chairman and Senior
Independent Non-executive Director

Appointment to Board: January 2005

Age: 56

Committee Membership(s):Audit Committee
(26 January 2005),Remuneration Committee
(26 January 2005) and Nominations
Committee (1 April 2005).

Experience:Will Samuel is Chairman of
Galiform plc (previously known as MFI Group)
and Vice Chairman of Lazard & Co.Ltd.He is
a Non-executive Director of the Edinburgh
Investment Trust plc and Ecclesiastical
Insurance Group.He was previously a Director
of Schroders plc,Co-Chief Executive Officer of
Schroder Salomon Smith Barney (a division of
Citigroup Inc.) and Vice Chairman,European
Investment Bank of Citigroup Inc and
Chairman of H.P.Bulmer plc.

5. Raymond Ch’ien
Position: Non-executive Director

6. Karen Guerra
Position: Non-executive Director

Appointment to Board: July 1997

Appointment to Board: January 2006

Age: 56

Age: 51

Committee Membership(s): Remuneration
Committee (1 January 2006)

Experience: Karen Guerra was President
of Colgate Palmolive SAS and General
Manager of the French Branch of CPI LLC.
She was previously Chairman and Managing
Director of Colgate Palmolive UK Limited and
a Non-executive Director of More Group plc.

Committee Membership(s): None

External Appointments: Raymond Ch’ien
is Chairman of CDC Corporation and its
subsidiary,China.com Inc.He is Non-
executive Chairman of MTR Corporation
Limited,Hang Seng Bank Limited and HSBC
Private Equity (Asia) Limited.He is a Non-
executive Director of the Hong Kong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited,
Convenience Retail Asia Limited,VTech
Holdings Ltd and The Wharf (Holdings)
Limited.He is also a member of the
Standing Committee of the Tianjin
Municipal Committee of the Chinese
People’s Political Consultative Conference.

7. Ken Hanna
Position: Non-executive Director

8. David Scotland
Position: Non-executive Director

9. Michael Wemms
Position: Non-executive Director

Appointment to Board: September 2001

Appointment to Board: February 2005

Appointment to Board: January 2004

Age: 54

Age: 60

Age: 68

Committee Membership(s):Audit Committee
(27 September 2001),Remuneration
Committee (27 September 2001) and
Nominations Committee (26 February 2005)

Committee Membership(s):Audit Committee
(24 February 2005),Remuneration
Committee (24 February 2005) and
Nominations Committee (29 November 2005)

Committee Membership(s):Audit Committee
(29 January 2004),Remuneration Committee
(29 January 2004) and Nominations
Committee (29 July 2004)

Experience: Ken Hanna is an Executive
Director and Chief Financial Officer of
Cadbury Schweppes plc.He was previously
a Partner of Compass Partners International
and Group Finance Director and Chief
Executive of Dalgety (now Sygen Group plc).
He has previous experience with Guinness
plc (now Diageo plc),Avis Europe and Black
& Decker.

Experience: David Scotland is a Non-
executive Director of Brixton plc and
Chairman of Wine Intelligence.He is a
Trustee and Director of Winston’s Wish,a
child bereavement registered charity.He
was previously an Executive Director of
Allied Domecq plc,a Non-executive
Director of Photo-Me International plc,
and Thompson Travel Group plc.

Experience: Michael Wemms is a
Non-executive Director of AD Pharma,
Galiform plc,Majid Al Futtaim Group and
Moneysupermarket.com Group plc.He
was previously Chairman of the British Retail
Consortium and House of Fraser plc.He held
various positions with Tesco plc including
Executive Director and Personnel Director.

www.inchcape.com

45

Governance 
Directors’ report 

We are committed 
to ensuring high 
standards of 
governance are
maintained

Peter Johnson
Chairman

Authority to purchase shares 
At the Company’s AGM on 10 May 2007, the Company was 
authorised to make market purchases of up to 46,536,694 
ordinary shares (representing approximately 10.0% of its  
issued share capital). Pursuant to that authority, the Company 
purchased into Treasury 4,535,000 ordinary shares (representing 
0.93% of the Company’s issued share capital) at a cost of 
£18.4m. The authority granted in 2007 now covers a total of 
42,001,694 ordinary shares (representing 9.1% of the Company’s 
issued share capital on 31 December 2007). All purchases were 
made through the market. 

Share capital and control 
The following details are given pursuant to section 992 of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

As at 31 December 2007, the Company’s authorised share 
capital comprised £196,500,000.00 divided into 786,000,000 
ordinary shares of 25.0p of which 486,188,977 ordinary shares 
were in issue.  

Shareholders are entitled to receive the Company’s Report  
and Accounts; to attend and speak at General Meetings and  
to appoint proxies and exercise voting rights. The shares do not 
carry any special rights with regard to control of the Company. 
There are no restrictions or limitations on the holding of ordinary 
shares and no requirements for prior approval of any transfers.  

Directors’ report 
The Directors present the Annual Report and Accounts  
and audited Financial statements for the year ended  
31 December 2007. For the purposes of this report  
‘Company’ means Inchcape plc and ‘Group’ means the 
Company and its subsidiary and associated undertakings. 

Principal activities 
A description of the principal activities of the Group and  
likely future developments and important events occurring  
since the end of the year is given on pages 8 to 37. 

Business review 
The information that fulfils the requirements of the business 
review can be found in the operating and financial review  
on pages 8 to 37, which are incorporated in this Report by 
reference. Information on employees is given on pages 39 to 41. 

Results and dividends 
The Group’s audited Financial statements for the year ended  
31 December 2007 are shown on pages 66 to 119. The Board 
recommends a final ordinary dividend of 10.5p per ordinary 
share. If approved at the 2008 Annual General Meeting (AGM), 
the final ordinary dividend will be paid on 17 June 2008 to 
shareholders registered in the books of the Company at the 
close of business on 23 May 2008. Together with the interim 
ordinary dividend of 5.25p per ordinary share paid on 10 
September 2007, this makes a total ordinary dividend for  
the year of 15.75p (2006 – 15.0p). 

46 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Directors 
The names of the Directors, plus brief biographical details, 
including those Directors offering themselves for election or  
re-election, are given on pages 44 and 45. Each Director held 
office throughout the year.  

Will Samuel, André Lacroix and Barbara Richmond will retire  
by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election in 
accordance with the Articles of Association. Raymond Ch’ien, 
who was appointed a Non-executive Director in July 1997 and 
completed 10 years service on the Board in July 2007, offers 
himself for re-election in accordance with the Combined Code. 

Directors’ interests 
The table below shows the beneficial interests, other than  
share options, including family interests, on the dates indicated, 
in the ordinary shares of the Company of the persons who were 
Directors at 31 December 2007. 

Peter Johnson 
André Lacroix 
Barbara Richmond 
Raymond Ch'ien 
Karen Guerra 
Ken Hanna  
Will Samuel 
David Scotland  
Michael Wemms  

Ordinary shares of 25.0p each

31 Dec 2007

01 Jan 2007

205,972
317,254
98,314
130,000
0
37,000
12,000
11,298
7,210

201,996
213,133
55,000
130,000
11,640
12,000
12,000
11,298
7,000

Notes: 
(a)  The Executive Directors of the Company, together with other employees of the 

Group, are potential beneficiaries of the Inchcape Employee Trust (Trust) and, as 
such, are deemed by the Companies Act 1985 to be interested in any ordinary 
shares held by the Trust. At 31 December 2007, the Trust’s shareholding totalled 
1,696,685 ordinary shares (1 January 2007 – 1,715,739 ordinary shares). 

(b)  No Director had any beneficial interest in the subsidiaries of the Company. 

There are no known arrangements under which financial  
rights are held by a person other than the holder of the shares 
and no known agreements on restrictions on share transfers  
or on voting.  

Shares acquired through the Company share schemes rank 
pari passu with the shares in issue and have no special rights.  

As far as the Company is aware there are no persons with 
significant direct or indirect holdings in the Company.  

The appointment and replacement of Directors are governed  
by the Company’s Articles of Association. Any changes to the 
Articles must be approved by the shareholders in accordance 
with the legislation in force from time to time.  

The Directors have authority to issue and allot ordinary  
shares pursuant to article 11 of the Articles of Association.  
The Directors have authority to make market purchases of 
ordinary shares. This authority is renewed annually at the  
Annual General Meeting.  

The Company is not party to any significant agreements that 
would take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control 
of the Company following a takeover bid.  

The Company does not have agreements with any Director or 
employee providing for compensation for loss of office or 
employment that occurs because of a takeover bid except for 
provisions in the rules of the Company share schemes which 
may result in options or awards granted to employees to vest on 
a takeover.  

Directors’ indemnity 
A qualifying third party indemnity (QTPI), as permitted  
by the Company's Articles of Association and sections  
309A to 309C of the Companies Act 2006, has been  
granted by the Company to each of the Directors of the 
Company. Under the provisions of the QTPI the Company 
undertakes to indemnify each Director against liability to  
third parties (excluding criminal and regulatory penalties)  
and to pay Directors' costs as incurred, provided that they  
are reimbursed to the Company if the Director is found  
guilty or, in an action brought by the Company, judgement  
is given against the Director.  

Significant shareholdings 
As at 25 February 2008, the following notifications of substantial 
interests in the Company’s issued ordinary share capital had 
been received pursuant to the provisions of the Companies  
Act 2006: 

Holding  
Aviva plc 
F&C Asset Management  
Barclays plc 
Toyota Motor Corporation 

No of shares
45,901,960
35,317,838
26,873,972
25,239,081

Total %
10.0%
7.7%
5.9%
5.5%

www.inchcape.com 

47 

 
 
 
Environment 
The Group’s policy on environment, health and safety is shown 
on pages 39 to 40. 

Events after the balance sheet date 
See note 32 on page 119. 

Auditors and disclosure of information to auditors 
So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company's auditors are unaware. 

The Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's 
auditors are aware of that information. 

Annual General Meeting 
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 11.00 a.m. on 
Thursday 15 May 2008 at The Royal Automobile Club, 89-91 Pall 
Mall, London SW1Y 5HS. The notice convening the meeting and 
the resolutions to be put to the meeting, together with the 
explanatory notes, are given in the Circular to all shareholders 
which accompanies the Annual Report and Accounts. 

The business of the meeting will include proposals to renew: 

(i)  existing authorities for Directors to allot securities in the 

Company; and 

(ii) the Company’s authority to purchase up to 10.0% of its  

own ordinary shares (the Company currently has authority  
to purchase up to 42,001,694 ordinary shares of 25.0p each, 
approximately 9.1% of its current issued ordinary share  
capital). This authority will include the purchase of ordinary 
shares into Treasury.  

The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have indicated their 
willingness to continue in office. A resolution to reappoint them 
as auditors will be proposed at the AGM. 

By order of the Board 

Claire Chapman 
General Counsel and Group Company Secretary 
Inchcape plc 

Governance 
Directors’ report continued 

Between 1 January and 26 February the Trustees of  
the Trust made the following transfers of ordinary shares  
to satisfy the exercise of awards under the Inchcape  
Deferred Bonus Plan. Neither transfer by the Trust related  
to an exercise of award by either of the Executive Directors. 

Employee trust shares 

Date 

Ordinary shares of 25.0p each

29 January 2008 

26,637

Details of share options held by Directors, including under  
the Inchcape 1999 Share Option Plan and the Inchcape SAYE 
Share Option Scheme, together with details of awards under  
the Inchcape Deferred Bonus Plan, are shown in notes 3, 4  
and 5 on pages 63 to 64. 

Transactions with directors 
No transaction, arrangement or agreement required to be 
disclosed in terms of the Companies Act 1985 and IAS 24 was 
outstanding at 31 December 2007, or occurred during the year 
for any Director and/or connected person (2006 – none). 

Related party transactions 
The Company through certain of its subsidiaries, entered into 
the following Related Party Transactions which require disclosure 
in accordance with Listing Rule 11.1.10 (2) (c):  

1.  Sale of Michael Powles Limited, Perodua UK Limited and  

the freehold of Craigmore House, Remenham Hill, Henley-on-
Thames to Henley Motor Holdings Limited, a company owned  
by Ann Wilson and Richard Palmer on 27 April 2007. Ann 
Wilson and Richard Palmer were directors of European Motor 
Holdings plc (and subsidiaries) prior to its acquisition by 
Inchcape plc. The consideration paid was £4.58 million. 

2.  Sale of Wilcomatic Limited, European Motor Services  

Limited and J&S Components Limited to Comprehensive 
Service Facilities Limited, a company owned by Selwyn 
Rodrigues and Kevin Pay on 10 October 2007. Selwyn 
Rodrigues and Kevin Pay were directors of Wilcomatic  
Limited both prior to and at the point of the transaction.  
The consideration paid was £4.15 million. 

Creditor payment policy 
The Company has no trade creditors (2006 – nil). The Group  
is responsible for agreeing the terms and conditions including 
terms of payment under which business transactions with the 
Group’s suppliers are conducted. Whilst the Group does not 
follow any single external code or standard, in line with 
Inchcape Group policy, payments to suppliers are made  
in accordance with agreed terms and conditions. 

Going concern 
After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole, 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. For this reason they continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the accounts. 

Charitable and political donations 
The Group’s policy on charitable and political donations, 
including the amounts, is shown on pages 42 and 43. 

48 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

 
 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Executive committee 

William Tsui 
Position: Chairman, Inchcape Asia-Pacific Limited 

Appointment to Executive Committee: February 2006 

Age: 65 

Skills & Experience: William has held various positions within 
Capitol Oldsmobile, Sunrise Chrysler, Plymouth and Mitsubishi  
in Sacramento, California. He was also General Manager of 
Jefferson Motors Inc. in Concord, California and Vice  
President of Marketing for Ford Motors in San Francisco, 
California. William joined Crown Motors Limited in Hong Kong  
in 1991 as General Manager of Sales and Marketing and 
became Managing Director in 1994. Between 2000 and 2007, 
he was Chief Executive Officer of Borneo Motors Limited in 
Singapore, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Crown 
Motors Limited and subsequently became Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer of Inchcape Asia-Pacific Limited. Upon 
his retirement in 2007, he was appointed as Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer for Inchcape China and Chairman  
of Inchcape Asia-Pacific Limited. 

General Management in International FMCG and retail 
companies. In his prior roles he was HR Director, Corporate 
Functions for Vodafone plc and before that, Senior Vice 
President International Partner Resources for Starbucks Coffee 
Company based in the US. He has also worked with ICI in India 
and Diageo in the UK. 

John McConnell 
Position: Chief Executive Officer, Inchcape Australia/ 
New Zealand 

Appointment to the Executive Committee: February 2006 

Age: 46 

Skills & Experience: John worked for Reckitt & Colman (now 
Reckitt Benckiser) for 13 years in various senior financial roles  
in Australia, Germany and the UK. He joined Inchcape Australia 
in May 1999 as Finance Director and in 2003 moved into the  
role of Managing Director for Sydney Retail, AutoNexus and 
Inchcape Motors before becoming CEO for Australia and  
New Zealand in May 2005. John holds a B Ec and MBA. 

Martin Taylor 
Position: CEO Europe Distribution, Africa, South America & Russia 

Appointment to Executive Committee: February 2006 

Trevor Amery 
Position: Chairman, Subaru Australia 
Director, Inchcape Australia  

Age: 53 

Skills & Experience: Martin joined the Group in 1984 in the 
Finance Division having been a Senior Manager in Coopers  
& Lybrand. He became Managing Director of Toyota Hellas 
Greece in 1987. In 1991 he moved to the position of Chairman 
of Toyota Belgium and from 2000 he took on wider regional 
responsibilities including Europe Distribution in 2006. Martin  
is a qualified Chartered Accountant. 

Appointment to the Executive Committee: February 2006 

Age: 54  

Skills & Experience: Trevor has 26 years’ automotive experience 
with senior roles in accounting, marketing and operations. He 
was the Managing Director of Subaru Australia for 13 years. 
(Awarded Australian Market of the Year in 1995.) Trevor is also  
a Director of a software development company and the Federal 
Chambers of Automotive Industries. 

Claire Chapman 
Position: General Counsel and Group Company Secretary 

Spencer Lock 
Position: Chief Executive, Inchcape Retail UK 

Appointment to Executive Committee: March 2007 

Appointment to Executive Committee: February 2006 

Age: 40 

Age: 41 

Skills & Experience: Claire joined the Group on 12 March  
2007. Formerly General Counsel, Europe, Middle East and  
Africa, Reuters PLC, Claire is a qualified Solicitor, England  
and Wales and Attorney, New York and has her Masters  
in International Law. 

Dale Butcher 
Position: Group Business Development Director 

Appointment to Executive Committee: February 2006 

Age: 51 

Skills & Experience: Dale joined British Timken, a subsidiary of the 
Timken Company, in 1980 and moved to Kuwait to work for the 
Alghanim Company from 1982. Dale joined Inchcape in 1985 
initially in Group Finance and then as a Divisional Director for 
Inchcape Testing and Business Machines. In 1996, Dale was 
appointed Group Business Development Director. He is also a 
Member of London Regional CBI Council. 

Tony George 
Position: Group HR Director 

Appointment to the Executive Committee: February 2007 

Age: 43 

Skills & Experience: Tony joined the Group on 1 February 2007. 
He has over 20 years of experience in Human Resources and 

Skills & Experience: Spencer joined Inchcape Retail as Finance 
and Insurance Director in 1998. In 1999 he was appointed 
Franchise Director for the Toyota/Lexus Division and 
subsequently for other franchises, including the Premier 
Automotive Group and Mercedes-Benz. He took up the newly-
created position of Operations Director in February 2004 before 
being appointed Managing Director in September of that year. 
In April 2007 he was appointed as Chief Executive. 

George Ashford 
Position: Managing Director European Retail  

Appointment to Executive Committee: October 2006 

Age: 39  

Skills & Experience: George joined Kingfisher Plc in 1994 in the 
Business Development Department and then moved to Yum 
Restaurants International (previously Pepsi Restaurants 
International) in 1996. George spent 10 years with Yum holding 
several senior management positions culminating with board 
positions in Yum's two UK based operating businesses. George 
was Product Excellence Director for KFC (GB) from 2000 to 2003 
and Operations Director for Pizza Hut (UK) from 2003 to 2006. 
George joined Inchcape in March 2006 as Director of 
Implementation, Inchcape Advantage. 

www.inchcape.com 

49 

  
Governance 
Executive Committee continued 

Ken Lee 
Position: Group Communications Director 

Appointment to Executive Committee: November 2006 

Age: 51 

Skills & Experience: Ken held the position of Group Marketing 
Director for the RAC from 1999 to 2003, being part of the team 
that acquired and then led the business post-demutualisation. 
During his tenure, the company successfully moved from a car 
breakdown organisation to a customer-focused motoring 
services group. Prior to the RAC, Ken worked for Lex Service plc 
for five years, where, as Marketing Director, he successfully 
established the Hyundai brand in the UK. Ken joined Inchcape 
UK as Marketing Director in September 2003 where he led the 
development of a pioneering customer experience programme. 

Patrick S Lee 
Position: Managing Director – Inchcape North Asia 

Appointment to Executive Committee: November 2006 

Age: 46 

Skills & Experience: Before joining Inchcape, Patrick was  
the Group General Manager, Sales and Marketing of Kerry 
Beverages Ltd from 1998 to mid 2006. Patrick’s experience  
in auto retailing came from a Toronto Honda dealership  
where he worked for 3 years and was awarded the highest 
honour “Sales Master” by Honda Canada for two consecutive 
years (1991 and 1992). Patrick started his career in brand 
marketing with Procter & Gamble, and he has worked in  
various locations including Geneva, Thailand and Hong Kong. 
Patrick is a SAP Global Programme Board Member and  
received academic achievement in his MBA. 

Immo Rupf 
Position: Group Strategy Director 

Appointment to Executive Committee: March 2006 

Age: 42 

Skills & Experience: Immo was a Partner and Vice President  
of the Boston Consulting Group (BCG) in Munich, Shanghai  
and Paris from 1989 to 2003 and Group CFO for Alcoa Asia  
and Latin America from 2004 to 2006. His main focus at BCG 
and Alcoa was on business strategy, corporate development  
and performance management for automotive and  
consumer businesses. 

50 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

 
 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Corporate governance report 

The following sections explain how the Company applies  
the main and supporting principles of the Combined Code  
on Corporate Governance (the Code).  

Corporate governance framework 
The Board’s overriding objective is to ensure that the Group 
delivers long term sustainable growth. The Board is accountable 
to the Company’s shareholders for the good conduct of the 
Company’s affairs. Throughout the year, the Company has 
complied with the provisions of the Code. The Company’s 
internal procedures are regularly reviewed and updated by  
the Board and the relevant Committees. 

The Board continues to review corporate governance matters, 
monitoring policies and guidelines issued by the main 
institutional bodies, such as the Association of British Insurers 
and adopting changes and recommendations of relevant 
bodies such as the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and 
Administrators. The Company continues to review the changes 
being introduced by the ongoing implementation of the 
Companies Act 2006 and to take advantage of such changes, 
where required and where beneficial to its members.  

The Board 
The Board is chaired by Peter Johnson. During 2007, the Board 
consisted of two Executive Directors, André Lacroix, the Group 
Chief Executive and Barbara Richmond, the Group Finance 
Director, and six Non-executive Directors. Will Samuel is the 
Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Non-executive 
Director. The names of all the Non-executive Directors and 
biographical details of the Board members are set out at  
pages 44 and 45. 

There is a schedule of matters reserved to the Board, which  
is reviewed annually, and which identifies those matters that  
the Board does not delegate to management.  

Specific responsibilities have been delegated to Board 
Committees, as discussed at pages 54 and 55. 

The Non-executive Directors also met during the year without  
the Executive Directors being present. 

The Board held 9 scheduled meetings during 2007, including  
an overseas meeting at the Company’s facilities in Bucharest, 
Romania. The Board met on several occasions outside of the 
formal schedule mainly to discuss specific strategic projects. 

Role of the Board 
The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success 
of the Company and for providing strong leadership within a 
framework of prudent and effective controls that enable risks to 
be assessed and managed. Its principal focus is the Company’s 
strategic aims, developments and controls of the Group and it 
ensures that necessary financial and human resources are in 
place to enable these objectives to be met. It reviews 
management performance and succession, sets the 
Company’s values and standards and ensures that its 
obligations to shareholders and to others are understood  
and met, in particular in relation to:  

(cid:120) Group strategy and operating plans; 

(cid:120) corporate governance; 

(cid:120) compliance with laws, regulations and the Company’s  

code of business conduct; 

(cid:120) business development, including major investments, 

acquisitions and disposals; 

(cid:120) financing and treasury; 

(cid:120) appointment and removal of Directors; 

(cid:120) succession planning for senior management roles; 

(cid:120) financial reporting, audit and monitoring of internal controls; 

(cid:120) corporate social responsibility, ethics and the environment;  

(cid:120) external corporate communications; and 

Name 
P Johnson 

Position 
Company Chairman and Chairman  
of the Nominations Committee 

A Lacroix 

Group Chief Executive 

B Richmond 

Group Finance Director 

R Ch’ien 

Non-executive Director 

K Guerra 

Non-executive Director 

K Hanna 

Non-executive Director 

W Samuel 

Non-executive Director 

D Scotland 

Non-executive Director 

M Wemms 

Non-executive Director and Chairman  
of Remuneration Committee 

(cid:120) pensions. 

No. of 
years on 
the Board
9

Independent 
(as determined 
by the Board)
No

Audit 
Committee
No

Nominations
Committee
Yes
(Chairman)

Remuneration 
Committee
No

2

1

10

1

6

2

2

3

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes 
(Chairman)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 
(Chairman)

www.inchcape.com 

51 

 
 
Governance 
Corporate governance report continued 

Information and development 
The Board receives detailed financial information and 
presentations in addition to items for decision and minutes  
of Board Committees in advance of each Board meeting  
from members of the Executive Committee, operational  
and functional heads and updates on developments in the 
business, legislative and regulatory environments. Regular items 
for Board meetings include the Group Chief Executive’s report 
on key issues affecting the Group, the Group Finance Director’s 
report and operational performance and strategy updates from 
the main business functions and operating divisions.  

This enables Directors to make informed decisions on corporate 
and business issues under consideration. 

Each year an offsite meeting is held with members of the 
Executive Committee at which the Company’s strategy is 
reviewed in depth. This meeting took place in July 2007. 
Following this meeting, the Board and the Executive Committee 
agree on an annual basis the strategic agenda for the year, 
which included the reporting period updates from the operating 
businesses including Hong Kong, Singapore, Australia, the 
Balkans and the UK; from the European Retail and Distribution 
businesses; IT; Business Development; Legal and HR. 

In addition, Board members are invited to visit operational and 
functional areas of the business.  

All Directors have access to the services of the Company 
Secretary. The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring 
that Board processes and procedures are effectively followed 
and supporting effective decision making and governance. She 
is also responsible for ensuring that Directors receive 
appropriate training and, for new Directors, induction to the 
Company. The appointment and removal of the Company 
Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.  

The Directors may take independent professional advice at  
the Company’s expense. None of the Directors sought to do  
so during 2007. The Company provides insurance cover  
and indemnities for its Directors and officers.  

Appointment and training 
The Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial three 
year term, subject to election by shareholders at the first AGM 
after appointment. After which, their appointment may be 
extended by further three year periods. The re-appointment of 
any Non-executive Director who holds office for more than six 
years is subject to a specific and rigorous review process. Any 
Non-executive Director who has served for more than nine years 
is subject to annual re-election. Raymond Ch’ien is now subject 
to annual re-election (see page 53).  

At the 2008 AGM, André Lacroix, Barbara Richmond and Will 
Samuel will retire by notation and offer themselves for re-election  
in addition to Raymond Ch’ien.  

There is a formal and transparent procedure for the 
appointment of new Directors, the prime responsibility for which 
is delegated to the Nominations Committee. Newly appointed 
Directors take part in an induction process. This may include 
advice from external consultants. In particular, it provides 
information on the business, including site visits, to ensure 
awareness of responsibilities and full appraisal of the Group’s 
activities and strategic direction.  

Throughout a Director’s time in office, each Director is 
continually updated on the Group’s businesses, the competitive 
and regulatory environments in which they operate, corporate 
responsibility matters, and other changes affecting the Group 
and the markets in which it operates with briefings from the 
Company’s external advisers, where appropriate. These 
arrangements are designed to ensure that Directors’ skills, 
knowledge and familiarity with the Company are kept up to 
date to enable them to fulfil their role both on the Board and  
on its Committees.  

The terms and conditions of appointment of each Director  
will be available at each AGM and are also available at the 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours. 

Attendance and committee membership 
During the year, the Directors attended the following number  
of scheduled meetings of the Board and its Committees.  
Non-attendance is rare. Where a Director is unable to make  
a meeting, he/she is advised in advance of the matters to  
be discussed and given an opportunity to make his/her views 
known to the Chairman, Committee Chairman or Company 
Secretary before the meeting.

Number of Meetings 
Peter Johnson 
André Lacroix 

Barbara Richmond 

Raymond Ch’ien 

Karen Guerra 

Ken Hanna 

Will Samuel 

David Scotland* 

Michael Wemms 

Board 

Audit  
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Nominations  
Committee 

Number
9
9

Attended
9
9

Number
–
–

Attended
–
–

Number
–
–

Attended
–
–

Number
2
2

Attended
2
2

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

8

9

–

–

–

3

3

3

3

–

–

–

3

3

2

3

–

–

2

2

2

2

2

–

–

2

2

2

1

2

–

–

–

2

2

2

2

–

–

–

2

2

2

2

* David Scotland was absent for each meeting, held on the same day, due to illness. 

52 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Division of responsibilities 
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the  
Chairman and Group Chief Executive, which is set out  
in writing and approved by the Board.  

Peter Johnson, as Chairman, is responsible for creating the 
conditions to achieve overall Board and individual Director’s 
effectiveness and, in particular, for the effective operation  
and chairing of the Board and ensuring that the information it 
receives is sufficient to make informed judgements with good 
co-operation between the Board and the Executive Committee.  

The Board has delegated authority for the day to day 
management of the Company’s business to the Group  
Chief Executive, André Lacroix. The Group Chief Executive is 
responsible for the operational implementation of the strategy 
and policies agreed by the Board. He is supported by the 
Executive Committee. The biographical details of the  
Executive Committee are detailed at pages 49 and 50. 

Independence/non-executive directors 
Peter Johnson was appointed Chairman on 1 January 2006  
for a three year term, having previously been the Group Chief 
Executive. As previously reported, the Board recognised the 
benefit to the Company and its shareholders of Peter Johnson’s 
ongoing involvement because of his deep and broad 
experience of the automotive industry as a whole and the 
contrasting international markets in which Inchcape operates. 
The Board also recognised the pivotal role which he has  
played in the development and continuity of the Company’s 
relationships with its major international brand partners, which  
in many cases are founded upon associations built up over 
many years. 

All Directors bring an independent judgement to bear on  
issues of strategy, performance, resources (including key 
appointments) and standards of conduct. The Non-executive 
Directors share responsibility for the execution of the Board’s 
duties, taking into account their specific responsibilities. They 
comprise the principal external presence in the governance  
of the Company and provide a strong independent element 
coupled with strong company experience, required for the 
execution of the Company’s strategy. The key elements of the 
role and responsibilities of the Non-executive Directors are: 

(cid:120) guidance and advice to the CEO; 

(cid:120) development of strategy with the CEO; 

(cid:120) scrutiny of performance; 

(cid:120) controls; 

(cid:120) reporting of performance; 

(cid:120) remuneration of and succession planning for Executive 

Directors; and 

(cid:120) governance and compliance. 

In addition to the Chairman, the Board currently has six  
Non-executive Directors who bring to the Group a wide diversity 
of experience and expertise. Raymond Ch’ien is not regarded 
as independent because he previously had a service contract 
with Crown Motors Limited, a subsidiary of the Company 
incorporated in Hong Kong and has now served for 10 years  
on the Board. 

The other five Non-executive Directors are considered by  
the Board to be independent in accordance with the Code, 
namely, as being independent in character and judgement 
and having no relationships which are likely to affect, or could 
appear to affect, the Directors’ judgement. Will Samuel and 
Michael Wemms are both non-executive directors of Galiform 
PLC. Having regard to all the circumstances, including the 
independence they have demonstrated as Directors of the 
Company and the fact that there are no cross-shareholdings  
or business relationships between Galiform and Inchcape,  
the Board is satisfied and has determined that they are  
both independent. 

Matters are referred to the Board as a whole and no one 
individual or small group of individuals has unfettered powers  
of decision making. 

Balance of independent directors 

Executive
Directors (2)

Independent
Non-executive
Directors (5)

Non-independent
Non-executive
Directors (1)

Chairman (1)

If any Director were to have any concerns regarding the  
running of the Company or a proposed action, these would be 
recorded in the Board minutes. If a Director were to resign over 
an unresolved issue, the Chairman would bring the issue to the 
attention of the Board. No such issues or concerns arose during 
the year. 

Performance evaluation 
The Board undertook a formal evaluation of its own and each 
Board Committee’s performance, roles and terms of reference. 
The Board reviewed the process in October 2007 and 
determined that an external facilitation was not necessary.  
This decision was based on the fact that the composition of  
the Board had not changed during 2007 and the Board had 
successfully implemented recommended changes from the 
prior year’s external evaluation process. 

However, the Board considers that an evaluation of its 
performance is key to ensuring an effective Board, which in turn 
is vital to the success of the Company. Led by the Chairman 
and supported by the Company Secretary, a performance 
evaluation questionnaire was used for the performance 
evaluation process. This questionnaire covered the effectiveness 
of the Board, each Committee’s performance against 
objectives, preparation for and performance at meetings and 
corporate governance matters. It addressed issues raised by the 
Higgs Review of the role and effectiveness of Non-executive 
Directors published in January 2003. The Board members 
concluded that appropriate actions have been identified to 
address areas that could be improved and that overall the 
Board and Committees continued to perform effectively.  

www.inchcape.com 

53 

 
 
Governance 
Corporate governance report continued 

The Chairman evaluates the performance of each Non-
executive Director and met with each Non-executive Director  
to discuss performance. The Non-executive Directors, chaired  
by the Senior Independent Non-executive Director, met  
without the presence of the Chairman to evaluate the 
Chairman’s performance. 

Following the performance evaluation process, the Chairman 
has confirmed that the Non-executive Directors standing for  
re-election at this year’s AGM continue to perform effectively 
and demonstrate commitment to their roles. The Board will 
continue to review performance annually.  

Board committees 
The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its principal 
Committees. Formal terms of reference for each Committee 
have been approved by the Board and are available at 
www.inchcape.com. All Committee and Chairmen report 
verbally on the proceedings of the Committee at the next  
Board meeting. The Company Secretary acts as Secretary  
to all of the Board Committees. 

Board
Overall Strategy

Audit Committee
oversees the 
integrity of financial 
information, the 
effectiveness 
of financial controls 
and the internal 
control and 
risk management 
systems 

Nominations 
Committee
recommends 
the appointment 
of the Board 
Directors and 
has responsibility 
for evaluating 
the balance of 
the Board and for 
succession planning 
at Board level

Remuneration 
Committee
sets the 
remuneration 
policy for Executive 
Directors and 
senior management 
and determines 
their individual 
remuneration 
arrangements 

Audit committee 
Members 
The membership of the Committee is shown on page 44.  
During the year, the Committee comprised wholly of 
Independent Non-executive Directors and continues to do so. 
The Chairman of the Audit Committee is Ken Hanna who will  
be present at the Company’s Annual General Meeting to 
answer questions on this Report and matters within the scope  
of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities. 

In light of Ken Hanna’s qualifications as a Chartered 
Accountant and his experience with Coopers & Lybrand, 
Compass Partners and Cadbury Schweppes, and Will  
Samuel’s qualifications as a Chartered Accountant and his 
experience with Lazard and Edinburgh Investment Trust, the 
Board has determined that they have recent and relevant 
financial experience. 

The Non-executive Directors on the Committee have the 
opportunity at each meeting to review any issues with  
the external auditors and with the Group Audit and Risk 
Management Director without members of the executive 
management being present. 

Responsibilities 
The Committee’s responsibilities, which are set out in its terms  
of reference, include: 

(cid:120) monitoring the integrity of the Financial statements of the 
Company and any formal announcement relating to its 
financial performance; 

(cid:120) reviewing internal financial controls and internal control  

and risk management systems; 

(cid:120) monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the internal 

audit function; 

(cid:120) making recommendations to the Board in relation to the 

appointment and removal of the external auditor; 

(cid:120) reviewing the external auditor’s independence and objectivity 

and the effectiveness of the audit process; 

(cid:120) reviewing and implementing the policy on the engagement 
of the external auditor to supply non-audit services; and 

(cid:120) reviewing the Company’s arrangements for employees to 
raise concerns confidentially about possible improprieties  
in relation to financial reporting or other matters. 

In order to fulfil its duties, the Committee receives and 
challenges presentations or reports from the Group’s senior 
management, consulting as necessary with the external auditor. 

The Company has a policy, which is regularly reviewed by the 
Committee, regarding the scope and extent of any non-audit 
services provided to it by its auditors. The purpose of the policy  
is to ensure that the auditors remain objective and independent 
in their audit work. A system of checks is in place, which must be 
complied with prior to the auditors being engaged in non-audit 
work, with clear divisions of responsibility between audit and 
non-audit staff. The Committee has acted in compliance with 
this policy. Financial limits are imposed on permitted areas of 
non-audit work, such as tax advice. 

For 2007, the ratio of audit to non-audit work was 1:1. The 
Committee has reviewed the level of non-audit fees and the 
approach taken and confirmed that this is acceptable. 

A full statement of the fees paid for audit and non-audit services 
is provided in note 3 on page 87. 

Activities 
The Committee meets at least three times a year and has  
an agenda linked to events in the Company’s financial 
calendar. No one, other than the Committee Chairman  
and the members, is entitled to be present at meetings of  
the Committee, although others, including the Chairman, the 
Group Chief Executive, the Group Finance Director, the Group 
Audit and Risk Management Director and the external auditors 
attend by invitation of the Committee. 

The external auditor has unrestricted access to the Committee. 

During 2007, the Committee discharged its responsibilities set 
out in its Terms of Reference, including: 

(cid:120) monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the Financial 

statements of the Company, including its Annual and Interim 
Reports, Interim and Preliminary Results announcements and 
any other formal announcement relating to its financial 
performance, reviewing significant financial reporting issues 
and judgements which they contain; 

54 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

(cid:120) reviewing the Company’s internal financial controls and the 
Company’s internal control and risk management systems; 

(cid:120) monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the internal 

audit function and external auditor, including reviewing the 
external auditor’s findings and the report of the Group Audit 
and Risk Management Director; 

(cid:120) reviewing and assessing the annual internal audit plan and 
the results of the internal auditor’s work, including reviewing 
and monitoring management’s responsiveness to the findings 
and recommendations; 

(cid:120) reviewing the compliance programme, including whistle 

blowing provisions; 

(cid:120) considering the Directors’ duties under the Companies  

Act regarding disclosure of information to the Company’s 
auditors; and 

(cid:120) considering and making recommendations to the Board, to 
be put to shareholders for approval at the AGM, in relation  
to the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the 
Company’s external auditor. 

The Committee may engage, at the Company’s expense, 
independent counsel and other advisers as it deems necessary 
to carry out its duties. None was engaged during 2007. 

The Committee has recommended to the Board that the 
external auditor is re-appointed. 

The Company’s whistle blowing policy is communicated to 
employees on a global basis. The policy, which is monitored  
by the Audit Committee, is aimed at enabling employees to 
raise concerns with the disclosure response team in cases 
where conduct is deemed to be contrary to our Values.  

Disclosure of information to the auditors 
So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the auditors are unaware; and each 
Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have taken 
as a Director to make himself or herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware  
of that information. This confirmation is given pursuant to the 
Companies Act 1985. 

Nominations committee 
Members 
Membership of the Nominations Committee is shown at page 
44. It is chaired by the Chairman and the majority of members 
continue to be independent Non-executive Directors. The 
Committee meets at least once each year.  

Only the Committee Chairman and its members are entitled  
to be present at meetings of the Committee, although others, 
including the Group Human Resources Director, attend by 
invitation of the Committee. The Committee engages external 
consultants to assist it with its work. 

Responsibilities 
The Nominations Committee is responsible for leading the 
process for Board appointments. The Committee makes 
recommendations to the Board, having evaluated the balance 
of skills, knowledge and experience of the Board. In light of this 
evaluation, the Nominations Committee prepares a description 
of the role and capabilities required for a particular 
appointment. Candidates from a range of backgrounds are 
considered. The Nominations Committee uses external advisers 
to facilitate searches for potential candidates.  

The Nominations Committee keeps the extent of any Director’s 
other interests under review to ensure that the effectiveness of 
the Board is not compromised. The Board is satisfied that the 
Chairman and each Non-executive Director commits sufficient 
time to the fulfilment of their duties as Chairman and Directors  
of the Company respectively. The Board believes, in principle,  
in the benefit of Executive Directors accepting non-executive 
directorships of other companies as noted on page 61.  

Activities 
The principal activities of the Nominations Committee during the 
year were the review of succession planning in respect of 
Executive Directors and Executive Committee members and the 
consideration of current and potential Non-executive Directors. 
In addition, the Committee made recommendations for the 
election and re-election of Directors retiring at the 2008 AGM. No 
Director participated in the meeting when recommendations 
regarding his or her election or re-election were considered. In 
particular, the Nominations Committee specifically reviewed the 
continued service of any Non-executive Director who has served 
6 or more years on the Board to ensure that Board members 
continue to possess the skills deemed appropriate for the needs 
of the Company and its shareholders.  

The Nominations Committee reviews annually the re-election  
of any Board member who has served for longer than nine  
years on the Board.  

Remuneration committee 
Details in respect of the Remuneration Committee are set out  
in the Remuneration Report at pages 58 to 61. 

Relations with shareholders 
The Company is committed to maintaining good 
communications with investors. Contact with shareholders is 
normally the responsibility of the Group Chief Executive, Group 
Finance Director and Head of Investor Relations. The Chairman, 
Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Non-executive 
Director and other Board members are available to shareholders.  

There is an established investor relations programme and 
regular meetings are held with major shareholders to update 
them on the Company’s progress and to discuss any issues  
that investors may have. The Chairman, Deputy Chairman  
and Senior Independent Non-executive Director and other 
Board members are available to the significant shareholders  
in the Group. The Company maintains an ongoing dialogue 
with institutional shareholders and analysts who are invited to 
presentations by the Company immediately following the 
announcements of the Company’s results and other trading 
statements. In addition, the Company held a meeting with its 

www.inchcape.com 

55 

 
Governance 
Corporate governance report continued 

establishing and reviewing the system of internal controls the 
Directors have regard to the nature and extent of relevant risks, 
the likelihood of a loss being incurred and the costs of control. 
Therefore, the system can only provide a reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against any material mis-statement or loss 
and cannot eliminate business risk. 

The Group operates a Risk Management Strategy Group 
(RMSG) which is chaired by the Group Chief Executive and 
includes the Group Finance Director, General Counsel and 
Group Company Secretary, Group Information Systems Director, 
Group Treasury Director, Group Audit Director and the Group 
Risk Manager.  

The RMSG meets quarterly to consider what changes to risk 
management and control processes should be recommended. 
Its review covers matters such as responses to significant risks 
that have been identified, output from monitoring processes, 
including internal audit reports, and changes to be made to the 
internal control system. It also follows up on areas that require 
improvement and reports back to the Audit Committee. 

The Group Chief Executive also reports to the Board, on behalf 
of executive management, significant changes in the Group’s 
business and the external environment in which it operates. 

In addition, the Group Finance Director provides the Board with 
monthly financial information, which includes key performance 
and risk indicators. The Group’s key internal control and 
monitoring procedures include the following: 

The Board, through itself and its Committees ensures that any 
items requiring further investigation and follow up are further 
reviewed and actions are put in place to remedy any significant 
failings or weaknesses, should any be discovered. 

Financial reporting  
There is a comprehensive budgeting system with an annual budget 
approved by the Directors. Monthly actual results are reviewed and 
reported against the budget and, where appropriate, revised 
forecasts at each of the Board’s scheduled meetings. 

Monitoring systems  
Internal Audit reports to the Audit Committee on its examination 
and evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
Group’s systems of internal control. Internal Audit also works 
closely with management and the external auditor. 

Operating unit controls  
The overall control framework for the Group is detailed in  
the Group Finance and Information Systems manuals and is 
supplemented by risk management policies. Compliance with 
Group policies and the effectiveness of internal controls are 
regularly assessed through the audit process and through  
a process of self certification, which requires business unit 
management to assess annually the quality of internal controls 
in their businesses.  

analysts in St Petersburg in October 2007 to specifically discuss 
the Company’s Emerging Markets strategy. 

The Board receives regular updates on the views of major 
shareholders and analysts.  

The Board is equally interested in the concerns of private 
shareholders and on its behalf, the Company’s investor  
relations department and Company Secretary manage the day 
to day communications with these investors and act in close 
consultation with the Board. A Disclosure Committee, consisting 
of the Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance 
Director, one other Director of the Company and the Company 
Secretary, ensures that all appropriate communications are 
made to the London Stock Exchange and shareholders. All 
material information reported to the regulatory news service is 
simultaneously published on the Company’s website affording 
all shareholders access to Company announcements. 

The Company’s AGM provides an opportunity for the Board  
to communicate with private investors. At the meeting, the 
Company complies with the Code as it relates to voting, the 
separation of resolutions and the attendance of Committee 
chairmen. All shareholders are invited to raise any Company 
matters of interest to them at the Company’s AGM to the 
Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Committee Chairman and 
other members of the Board. In line with the Code, details of 
proxy voting by shareholders, including votes withheld, are 
made available on the Company’s website following the 
meeting. Private shareholders are also encouraged to write  
to the Chairman or any Board member to express views on  
any matters of concern. 

Following approval given by shareholders at the last annual 
meeting, shareholders may elect to receive email notification 
that shareholder documentation, including the Annual Report, 
is available on the company’s website, as an alternative to 
receiving any such documentation by post. 

To facilitate the ability of our shareholders to buy additional 
shares in a cost effective way, in 2007 the Company introduced 
a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP). The DRIP is available to all 
shareholders either online or through our Registrars.  

Operational and compliance controls 
The Board is responsible for the establishment and review of  
the Company’s internal operational and compliance control 
system, which is designed to ensure effective and efficient 
operations, quality of internal and external reporting, internal 
control and compliance with appropriate laws and regulations. 
The Board has ensured compliance with the Revised Guidance 
for Directors on the Combined Code. The Directors 
acknowledge their responsibility for the Company’s system of 
internal controls and confirm they have reviewed the system’s 
effectiveness. The Board, advised by the Committee, takes note 
of the Guidance on Internal Control (the Turnbull Guidance) in 
the Code. In particular the Board has ensured that a process for 
managing significant risks has been in place for the year and 
up to the date of the accounts and is regularly reviewed. 
However, such a system is designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. In 

56 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

(cid:120) prepare the Group and Company Financial statements on  
a going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Company and the Group will continue in business,  
in which case there should be supporting assumptions or 
qualifications as necessary. 

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above 
requirements in preparing the Financial statements. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting 
records, which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any  
time the financial position of the Company and the Group  
and enable them to ensure that the Group Financial  
statements comply with the Companies Act and Article 4  
of the IAS Regulation and the Company Financial statements 
and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act and Directors’ Remuneration Report  
Regulations 2002. They are also responsible for safeguarding  
the assets of the Company and the Group, and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection  
of fraud and other irregularities.  

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. The work carried out by the auditors 
does not involve consideration of these matters, and 
accordingly the auditors accept no responsibility for any 
changes that may have occurred to the Financial statements 
since they were initially presented on the website. Information 
published on the internet is accessible in many countries with 
different legal requirements. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of Financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Risk management  
The Group’s management operates a risk management 
process, which identifies the key risks facing each business unit. 
A risk register, which identifies the key risks, the impact should 
they occur and actions being taken to manage those risks to 
the desired level, is produced for each business unit. In addition, 
actions to be taken in the event that such risks crystallise and 
proposed improvements to the way they are managed are also 
included. This information is passed up the organisation, 
culminating in the production of a Group Risk Register, which  
is approved by the Risk Management Strategy Group and the 
Executive Committee. In addition, it is provided to and 
discussed with the Audit Committee. Internal audit continuously 
review financial, commercial and systems developments in the 
Group’s business units to ensure appropriate audit focus in the 
major risk areas. 

Investment appraisal  
The Group has clearly defined policies for capital expenditure. 
These include annual budgets and detailed appraisal and 
review procedures. 

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of internal control 
systems in operation during the financial year in accordance 
with the guidance set out in the Turnbull Guidance, through  
the processes set out above. 

Directors’ responsibilities 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
the Remuneration Report and the Financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group Financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
adopted by the European Union, and the parent company 
Financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report  
in accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice). The Group and parent company 
Financial statements are required by law to give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group and 
the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 

In preparing those Financial statements, the Directors are 
required to: 

(cid:120) select suitable accounting policies and then apply  

them consistently; 

(cid:120) make judgements and estimates that are reasonable  

and prudent; 

(cid:120) state that the Group Financial statements comply with IFRS  
as adopted by the European Union, and with regard to  
the Company Financial statements that, applicable UK 
Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to  
any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Financial statements; 

www.inchcape.com 

57 

 
Governance 
Remuneration report 

This Report to shareholders demonstrates how the principles  
of the Combined Code relating to Directors’ remuneration  
are applied. 

Compliance 
The Report complies with the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Regulations 2002 and the relevant requirements of the FSA 
Listing Rules. The Remuneration Committee believes that the 
Company has complied with the provisions regarding 
remuneration matters contained within the Combined Code. 

Remuneration committee 
The Remuneration Committee operates under formal terms of 
reference and under delegated responsibility from the Board. 
These are reviewed annually to ensure that the Remuneration 
Committee remains up to date with best practices appropriate 
to the Company’s strategy and the business environment in 
which it operates. 

Its duties include: 

(cid:120) determining and agreeing the Company’s policy and 
framework for executive remuneration with the Board; 

(cid:120) setting all elements of the remuneration of Executive Directors 

and for certain other senior executives; 

(cid:120) determining the remuneration of the Chairman; and  

(cid:120) determining any other remuneration issues which affect  
the interests of shareholders, in particular overseeing the 
administration of the Company’s share plans and the 
provision of benefits and settlement for Executive Directors 
and certain other executives where these are stated as  
being at the discretion of the Board.  

The Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference are available 
on the Company’s website.  

The members of the Remuneration Committee during 2007  
were Michael Wemms (Chairman), Ken Hanna, Will Samuel, 
Karen Guerra and David Scotland. Throughout the year, the 
Remuneration Committee comprised wholly Independent  
Non-executive Directors and continues to do so.  

To ensure that the Remuneration Committee receives 
independent advice, Towers Perrin was appointed by the 
Remuneration Committee as its external advisor. Towers  
Perrin also provided advice to the Board on Non-executive 
Directors’ fees, and to the Group in connection with 
International Financial Reporting Standard 2, Share-based 
Payments. It does not have any other connection with the 
Company other than as Remuneration Consultants. 

During the year, the Remuneration Committee has been 
advised internally by the Chairman, the Group Chief Executive, 
the Group Human Resources Director and the General Counsel 
and Group Company Secretary.  

Neither the Chairman, nor any executive, is involved in deciding 
his/her own remuneration. These external and internal sources 
of advice and data available to the Remuneration Committee, 
together with consideration of the levels of pay increases for 
other employees and the remuneration policy outlined below, 
provide a framework for the decision making process. 

Remuneration policy 
The overriding objective of the remuneration policy is to reward 
the achievement of corporate and individual goals by linking 
success in those areas to the Group strategy. 

In establishing its remuneration policy and practice, the 
Remuneration Committee has regard to the need to continue  
to align with and support the Company’s business strategy, to 
allow the Company to attract, retain and motivate high calibre 
executive management whilst having regard to pay and 
conditions throughout the Group. The Remuneration Committee 
was also guided by the following principles: 

(cid:120) the package should be competitive (i.e. at or around 

median) when compared with those in organisations of 
similar size, complexity and type; 

(cid:120) there should be a clear link between the level of remuneration 
and the performance of the Group and the individual, to the 
extent that performance-related elements should form a 
significant part of executives’ total remuneration package;  

Remuneration committee operation 
The Remuneration Committee holds at least two meetings a 
year. It has an annual meeting to review the compensation 
arrangements for each Executive Director and certain senior 
executives in advance of the annual salary review on 1 April.  
It also holds a further meeting to consider policy issues, and 
developments in market best practice, including the monitoring 
of award levels and consequent Company liabilities. In addition, 
ad hoc meetings are held as required. The number of meetings 
held and details of members’ attendance are shown in the 
table on page 52.  

(cid:120) the interests of the shareholders should be safeguarded by 
aligning the remuneration package of the executives with 
shareholders’ interests;  

(cid:120) the package as a whole should be easy to understand and 

motivating for the individual; and 

(cid:120) the composition of the package should reflect best practice 

among comparable companies. 

Consistent with its policy, the Remuneration Committee places 
considerable emphasis on the performance-linked elements, 
including annual bonus and long term incentives.  

58 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Based on the details set out in this Report, the relative 
importance of fixed and performance-related remuneration for 
each of the Directors in respect of 2007 is as follows: 

Inchcape pay mix 

Target performance

Stretch performance

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Salary

Bonus

Long term incentives

Long term incentives include both option grants of 200% of 
salary and participation in the Co-Investment Plan at a level  
of 50% of salary. Expected values have been calculated 
consistent with the Towers Perrin methodology used for recent 
benchmarking exercises. Compound share price growth of  
10% p.a. has been assumed in the max performance scenario. 

The Remuneration Committee will continue to review the mix of 
fixed and performance-linked remuneration on an annual basis. 

The remuneration packages of the Executive Directors are 
explained in detail below as they apply to 2007 and, as far  
as possible, for subsequent years.  

Base salary 
Base salaries are set by the Remuneration Committee, taking 
into account the individual’s level of responsibility, experience, 
and performance. Base salary is the only element of 
remuneration which is pensionable. 

In setting base salary, the Remuneration Committee also takes 
account of salary levels in comparable companies. To ensure  
its continuing relevance to Inchcape, the Remuneration 
Committee made a number of revisions to the comparator 
group as communicated in last year’s report. The revised 
comparator group has a greater retail focus and includes 
companies with strong consumer emphasis, in line with the 
Company’s strategic aims and its desire to attract retail talent. 

Annual bonus 
The Remuneration Committee sets the annual bonus plans  
for the Executive Directors including performance measures, 
targets and the maximum levels of individual bonus 
opportunities. In 2007, the bonus plan was based 70% on 
Economic Profit, 20% on Net Promoter Score and 10% on 
achievement of personal objectives. Economic Profit was 
chosen as the Remuneration Committee believes that this  
is the measure most aligned with shareholder value. Net 
Promoter Score is a measure being used to measure  
customer satisfaction across the Group and is in line with  
the Company’s business strategy of being the most  
customer-centric automotive retailer.  

The 2007 bonus plan for both André Lacroix and Barbara 
Richmond is as follows: 

André Lacroix and Barbara Richmond 
bonus plan 2007

Maximum bonus

Target performance

%
0
2
1

%
0
5

Base salary

In 2007, the Company met its performance targets set at the 
start of the year for Economic Profit and Net Promoter Score. 
Both André Lacroix and Barbara Richmond had different 
individual personal objectives relating to the development  
and implementation of the Company’s strategy. The goals  
are based on relevant quantitative non-financial metrics, the 
achievement of strategic milestones and the demonstration  
of appropriate leadership behaviours. They both fully achieved 
their personal objectives in 2007. The resultant bonuses for 
André Lacroix and Barbara Richmond are shown in the 
remuneration table on page 62.  

For 2008, there are no changes to the Executive Directors’ 
individual bonus opportunities, namely a payment of 50%  
of base salary if target performance is achieved and higher 
payments for performance above target to a maximum of  
120% of base salary. 

Co-investment plan 
At the Annual General Meeting in May 2007, shareholders 
approved the Co-Investment Plan, where Executive Directors 
can invest up to 50% of their post tax annual salary to acquire 
ordinary shares in the Company (In exceptional circumstances 
the Remuneration Committee may determine that 
circumstances justify that up to 100% of post tax annual salary 
may be invested. No such exceptional circumstances have 
arisen to date). These shares will then be matched at the end  
of a three year period. The match will be determined by 
performance against a cumulative Economic Profit target. For 
the first operation of the Plan, if the target level of RPI + 3% per 
annum is achieved, then a one for one share match will occur. 
A maximum two for one match will occur if cumulative 
Economic Profit exceeds cumulative RPI by 12% per annum.  
At points between these two levels, matching will take place  
on a straight line basis. Economic Profit was chosen because 
the Remuneration Committee believes this is a key driver of the 
Company’s new business strategy.  

The Co-Investment Plan was operated for the first time in 
September 2007. It will be extended on a broadly similar  
basis to certain other senior executives below the Board. 

www.inchcape.com 

59 

 
 
 
Governance 
Remuneration report continued 

Executive share option plan 
Under the Plan, share options are granted to Executive Directors 
and certain other senior executives throughout the Group. 
Options are normally made following the announcement of 
preliminary annual or half-yearly results. Details of share options 
granted to Executive Directors in 2007 are shown in note 3 on 
page 63. 

Options will vest according to the following sliding scale: 

EPS growth per annum 

Vesting percentage

Less than RPI + 3% 

RPI + 3% 

RPI + 8% 

0%

25%

100%

Between RPI + 3% and RPI + 8% 

Straight line basis

There will be no retesting. 

The Remuneration Committee has retained EPS as the 
performance measure for the Executive Share Option Plan  
to ensure that Executive Directors only receive rewards under  
it if there is significant and sustained improvement in the 
underlying financial performance of the Company. EPS will 
continue to be the headline earnings per ordinary share, which 
excludes volatile one-off matters such as exceptional items. In 
exceptional circumstances, the Remuneration Committee has 
the right to adjust the published EPS, as it considers appropriate. 
If this were to be the case, any adjustment would be disclosed 
in this Report. In light of changes to accounting standards, the 
Remuneration Committee has continued to make necessary 
adjustments to ensure a consistent basis in respect of the EPS 
measure used to evaluate performance.  

During the year, the Remuneration Committee made annual 
grants of two times base salary taking into account the 
Executive Directors’ and the Company’s performance. This grant 
level is necessary to keep the Company’s long term incentive 
provision in line with the market. Grants in excess of the two 
times limit may be considered in the future in the event of new 
hires or developments in market practice. In this regard, the 
Remuneration Committee has the flexibility under the Plan rules 
to increase the maximum allowable annual grant level to four 
times base salary if required. 

Deferred bonus plan 
The Deferred Bonus Plan was a voluntary plan available to 
Executive Directors and certain other senior executives.  

Participants were able to invest a minimum of 10% and a 
maximum of 75% of any net of tax bonus award to acquire 
ordinary shares in the Company. These shares would then  
be matched with a one for one matching share at the end  
of a three year period. For Executive Directors, there was  
a performance condition attached to the vesting of their 
matching shares. That test was EPS growth of RPI + 3% per 
annum, with no retesting. Subject to that performance condition 
being met (for Executive Directors only), the participants’ shares 
being held in the Trust for three years and them remaining an 
employee of the Group, he/she would become entitled to be 

60 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

awarded shares to an amount equal to the gross amount of the 
bonus used to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. 

Final awards made under this Plan were made to Executive 
Directors in 2007. Details of these awards are shown in note 4  
on page 64. 

SAYE share option scheme 
Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s 
SAYE Share Option Scheme on the same terms as other 
employees. Participants make monthly savings for a three year 
period. At the end of the savings period share options become 
exercisable for a six month period. The acquisition of shares 
under this plan is not subject to the satisfaction of a 
performance target. 

Executive share ownership 
To emphasise the importance, the Remuneration Committee 
places on executive share ownership, Executive Directors are 
required to hold a fixed number of shares equivalent to 200%  
of base salary. Each Executive Director has up to five years from 
2007, or date of appointment as an Executive Director (if later), 
to reach this shareholding target. 

At the end of the year, by reference to the share price at that 
date, Executive Directors’ share ownership levels are as follows: 

Name of Director 

André Lacroix 

Barbara Richmond 

Share Ownership 
(expressed as percentage against base salary)

172%

89%

Retirement benefits 
The Inchcape Group (UK) Pension Scheme provides benefits  
for Executive Directors and certain other senior executives at  
the normal retirement age of sixty-five, equal to a maximum  
of two-thirds of final base salary where salary has a scheme-
specific ceiling of £112,800 in the 07/08 tax year, subject to 
completion of between twenty years’ and forty years’ service. 
Pensions in payment are guaranteed to increase in line with  
the lesser of 5% and the increase in the RPI. 

The Scheme requires members who join after March 2005 to 
contribute 7% of base pay up to the scheme specific ceiling of 
£112,800 in the 07/08 tax year. 

Executive Directors, whose base salary is higher than £112,800 
are paid a monthly cash supplement to enable them to make 
additional pension arrangements. Barbara Richmond received 
such supplements in 2007. Details of the amounts paid are 
shown in note 1 on page 62. André Lacroix received a cash 
supplement of 40% of his base salary in lieu of formal pension 
provision. He is not a member of the Inchcape Group (UK) 
Management Pension Scheme except in respect of the life 
assurance benefit for death in service. 

A lump sum life assurance benefit of four times full base salary  
is provided on death in service. For pension scheme members, 
a spouse’s pension of either half or two-thirds of the prospective 
member’s pension may also be payable. Children’s pensions 
may also be payable, up to one-third of the member’s pension. 

 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Taxable and other benefits 
These include items such as company car, medical care  
and life assurance premiums. These benefits are in line with  
the remuneration policy framework outlined above. These 
benefits are non-pensionable. 

Performance graph 
The following graph illustrates the Group’s Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) over a five year period, relative to the performance 
of the total return index of the FTSE mid 250 group of companies. 
TSR is essentially share price growth plus reinvested dividends. 
The FTSE mid 250 has been chosen as the most suitable 
comparator as it is the general market index in which Inchcape 
plc appears. 

Historical TSR performance  

Service contracts 
The Company’s policy is for Executive Directors’ service contract 
notice periods to be no longer than 12 months, except in 
exceptional circumstances. All current contracts contain notice 
periods of 12 months. In the event of termination, the Company 
will seek fair mitigation of contractual rights. Within legal 
constraints, the Remuneration Committee tailors its approach, in 
cases of early termination, to the circumstances of each 
individual case. 

Normal retirement age is sixty-five for André Lacroix and Barbara 
Richmond.  

Directors’ service contract table 

Name of director  Date of agreement   Notice period 

Unexpired term 

500

400

300

200

100

Dec 02

Dec 03

Dec 04

Dec 05

Dec 06

Dec 07

A comparison of the growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding 
over five years against the FTSE 250 (excluding investment companies) 
based on 30 trading day average values.

Inchcape

FTSE mid 250 excl Investment Trust

Chairman’s remuneration 
The Chairman’s remuneration was determined by the 
Remuneration Committee, taking advice from Towers Perrin  
on best practice and competitive levels and, taking into 
account responsibilities and time commitment. Life assurance  
is provided under the Group (UK) Pension Scheme but the 
appointment is not pensionable, nor is the Chairman eligible  
for pension scheme membership or participation in any of the 
Company’s bonus, share option or other incentive schemes. 

Non-executive directors’ remuneration 
The remuneration of Non-executive Directors consists of fees  
for their services in connection with Board and Committee 
meetings. Fees for Non-executive Directors are determined  
by the Board, within the restrictions contained in the Articles  
of Association. Non-executive Directors’ fees are reviewed 
annually, taking advice from Towers Perrin on best practice  
and competitive levels. The Non-executive Directors are not 
involved in deciding their fees. 

André Lacroix 

01 September 05    12 months from 

Barbara 
Richmond 

03 April 06 

the director;  
12 months from 
the Company 

  12 months from 
the director;  
12 months from 
the Company 

To normal  
retirement age 

To normal 
retirement age 

Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial period of 
three years, which may be extended by agreement with the 
Board. None of them are engaged on a service contract with 
the Company. 

Policy on external appointments 
Inchcape recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited 
to become non-executive directors of other companies and  
that this additional experience is likely to benefit the Company. 
Executive Directors are, therefore, allowed to accept one  
Non-executive appointment as long as it is not likely to lead to 
conflicts of interest or undue time commitments. The policy in 
respect of the Executive Directors’ other commitments is kept 
under review by the Nominations Committee. Any fees received 
for these duties may be retained by the Executive Director. 

André Lacroix, the Group Chief Executive Officer, is a non-
executive chairman of Good Restaurants AG for which he  
did not receive a fee. Barbara Richmond, the Group Finance 
Director is a non-executive director of the Scarborough Building 
Society for which she received a fee of £35,500. 

By order of the Board 

Non-executive Directors are not eligible for pension scheme 
membership or participation in any of the Company’s bonus, 
share option or other incentive schemes. 

Michael Wemms 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

26 February 2008 

www.inchcape.com 

61 

 
 
 
 
Governance 
Notes to the Board report on remuneration 

1 Individual emoluments for the year 
The table below shows a breakdown of remuneration, including taxable and other benefits of each Director. Details of pension 
entitlements, share options and deferred bonus plan awards held are shown in notes 1, 2 and 3 on pages 62 and 63. 

Base salary/fees (e) 

Bonus 

Taxable and 
other benefits (f)

Company 
contributions 
paid in year in 
respect of pension 
arrangements 

Total remuneration

2007
£000

2006
£000

2007
£000

2006
£000

2007
£000

2006
£000

2007
£000

2006
£000

2007
£000

2006
£000

285.0

275.0

–

–

1.6

1.4

–

–

286.6

276.4

Chairman 

Peter Johnson  

Executive Directors 

André Lacroix (a) 

687.5

630.0

535.5

650.0

Barbara Richmond (b) 

408.1

288.7

318.1

231.0

54.2

19.4

151.9

275.0

252.0

1552.2

1683.9

144.6

88.9

62.2

834.5

726.5

Non-executive Directors 

Raymond Ch'ien (d) 

Karen Guerra (c) 

Ken Hanna (c) 

William Samuel (c) 

David Scotland (c) 

Michael Wemms (c) 

36.0

40.0

54.0

70.0

48.0

54.0

30.0

37.0

51.0

70.0

45.0

51.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13.5

12.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

49.5

40.0

54.0

70.0

48.0

54.0

42.9

37.0

51.0

70.0

45.0

51.0

Total 

1682.6

1477.7

853.6

881.0

88.7

310.8

363.9

314.2

2988.8

2983.7

Notes on directors’ emoluments: 
a)

The payment of £275,003 (2006 – £252,000) was paid directly to André Lacroix to allow him to make his own pension 
arrangements outside the Company’s plan. Such payment was subject to tax. 

b)

c)

The payment of £88,905 (2006 – £62,190) was paid to Barbara Richmond to allow her to make her own pension arrangements 
outside the Company’s plan. Such payment was subject to tax. 

The details shown include fees at the rate of £10,000 per annum for the Audit and Remuneration Committee Chairmanships 
and at the rate of £4,000 per annum for each of the Audit and Remuneration Committee memberships. 

d)

The emoluments shown for Raymond Ch’ien include those in respect of services provided in Asia Pacific. 

e) No Directors waived emoluments in respect of the year ended 31 December 2007 (2006 – none). 

f)

Taxable and other benefits comprise items such as company car, medical care, life assurance premiums, petrol allowance 
and relocation expenses. All Executive Directors are entitled to such benefits. 

2 Directors’ pension entitlements 
Accrued annual pension under defined benefit schemes: 

Increase in 
accrued 
pension 
during the 
year £'000

Increase in
accrued
pension
during the
year (net of
inflation)

Accumulated
total of 
accrued 
pension at 
31.12.06

Accumulated 
total of 
accrued 
pension at 
31.12.07

Transfer value 
(less Director's 
contributions) 
of the increase 
in accrued 
benefit net of 
inflation

Transfer value 
of accrued 
benefits at 
31.12.07

Transfer value 
of accrued 
benefits at 
01.01.07

Difference in 
transfer value 
less any 
contributions 
made in the 
year

Barbara Richmond 

3.8

3.7

2.4

6.3

24.5

54.0

20.8

25.4

The transfer value has been calculated in accordance with Retirement Benefits Schemes Transfer Values (GN 11), 6 April 2002. 

The transfer values of the accrued benefits represent the value of assets that the pension scheme would need to transfer to another 
pension provider on transferring the scheme’s liability in respect of the Director’s pension benefits. The transfer values do not 
represent sums payable or due to the individual Directors and therefore, cannot be added meaningfully to annual remuneration. 

No Directors made any contribution to their pension in respect of the above during the year. 

62 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

3 Directors’ share options 

Held at 31.12.07

Lapsed 
during year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Granted 
during 
the year

Held at 01.01.06 
(or date of 
appointment 
if later)

Exercise 
price (c)

Exercise period

André Lacroix 

346,362 (a)

278,442 (a)

2,706 (b)

242,634 (a)

Barbara Richmond 

347,629 (a)

Total 

2,540 (b)

144,124 (a)

1,364,437      

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

346,362 (a)

358.0p  

Sept 2008 - Sept 2015

278,442 (a)

445.3p  

Mar 2009 - Mar 2016

2,706 (b)

345.3p  

Jun 2009 - Dec 2009

242,634

–

577.0p  

Apr 2010 - Apr 2017

–

–

144,124

386,758

347,629 (a)

443.0p May 2009 - May 2016

2,540 (b)

368.0p  

Nov 2009 - May 2016

–

–

577.0p  

Apr 2010 - Apr 2017

–

–

Notes on share options: 
a) Under the Inchcape 1999 Share Option Plan.  

b) Under the Inchcape SAYE Share Option Scheme.  

c)

Exercise prices are determined in accordance with the rules of the relevant share option scheme. 

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

All options were granted for nil consideration. 

The table shows Directors’ options over ordinary shares of 25.0p at 1 January 2007 or date of appointment and 31 December 
2007. The mid market price for shares at the close of business on 31 December 2007 was 378.5p. The price range during 2007  
was 363.3p to 593.5p. 

Options under the Inchcape 1999 Share Option Plan are granted on a discretionary basis to certain full time senior executives 
based within and outside the UK including Executive Directors of the Company. Such options are normally exercisable between 
three and ten years of grant. 

Options may normally only be exercised if the performance target had been met. For all options granted between 1999 and 
2003 under the Inchcape 1999 Share Option Plan, growth in the Company’s earnings per share over a three year period must 
exceed the increase on the UK Retail Price Index (RPI) over the same period by 3.0% per annum. Options granted after the 2004 
AGM vest according to a sliding scale: 25.0% of the shares will vest if EPS growth of RPI + 3.0% per annum is achieved over the 
initial three year period, with all of the shares vesting if EPS growth is RPI + 8.0% per annum. Shares will vest on a straight line 
basis between these points and there is no opportunity to retest. 

The Inchcape SAYE Share Option Scheme is open to employees in the UK with at least three months’ service. Participants make 
monthly savings for a three year period. At the end of the savings period options become exercisable within a six month period. 

www.inchcape.com 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
Governance 
Notes to the Board report on remuneration continued 

4 Deferred Bonus Plan 
The number of ordinary shares awarded to Executive Directors under the Inchcape Deferred Bonus Plan are: 

Award 
ordinary 
shares 
31.12.07

13,825

88,636

30,303

132,164

Ordinary 
shares 
lapsed 
during the
year

Ordinary
shares
exercised
during the
year

Ordinary
shares 
awarded 
during the 
year

Award 
ordinary 
shares 
01.01.07

Market 
value of 
shares 
awarded 

Exercise period

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13,825

434.0p 

Jan 2009 – Jun 2009

88,636

30,303

–

–

578.0p 

Jan 2010 – Jun 2010

578.0p 

Jan 2010 – Jun 2010

118,939

13,825

– 

Jan 2010 – Jun 2010

André Lacroix 

Barbara Richmond 

Total 

Notes on Deferred Bonus Plan: 
(cid:120) Directors will become entitled to the Award Shares if they remain employed by the Inchcape Group for three years and retain  
the shares purchased with their bonus throughout that period. The awards made will normally vest within three years of award. 
Special rules apply on termination of employment and change of control. For awards made after the 2004 AGM to vest, growth in 
the Company’s earnings per shares over a three year period must exceed the increase on the UK Retail Price Index over the same 
period by 3.0% per annum with no opportunity to retest. 

(cid:120) Executive Directors may elect to invest up to 75% of their annual bonus in the Deferred Bonus Plan. The invested monies are 

grossed up by the Company to remove the effect of tax on that portion of the Executive’s bonus and the grossed up amount  
is used by the Company to purchase ordinary shares (Award Shares) which are held in trust for the Executives. Provided certain 
conditions are met, the Award Shares will vest and the Executive may exercise his rights under the Plan at any time during the  
six month exercise period. 

5 Incentive Plans 

Award ordinary 
shares 31.12.07

Award ordinary
shares exercised
during the year

Award ordinary 
shares 01.01.07

Market value of
shares awarded

André Lacroix 

Barbara Richmond 

Total 

78,000

81,608

159,608

39,000

21,996

60,996

117,000

103,604

220,604

357.5p

428.7p

–

Vesting period

2007 – 2008 

2007 – 2008 

–

(cid:120) As reported last year, André Lacroix is the sole participant in the AL Incentive Plan, subject to his continuing employment and the 
percentage growth in the Company’s earnings per share over the relevant performance period exceeding the rate of inflation 
over the same period by at least 3% per annum. He will be eligible to receive a final tranche of 39,000 Inchcape plc shares, which 
are due to vest at the end of 2008. 

(cid:120) Barbara Richmond is the sole participant in the BR Incentive Plan. Under the terms of her plan, subject to her continuing 
employment and the percentage growth in the Company’s earnings per share over the relevant performance period  
exceeding the rate of inflation over the same period by at least 3% per annum, she will be eligible to receive a final tranche  
of 59,612 Inchcape plc shares, which are due to vest at the end of 2008. 

By order of the Board 

Michael Wemms  
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
26 February 2008 

64 

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007 

 
 
 
 
Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Report of the Auditors

Independent Auditors’ report to the members of Inchcape plc
We have audited the Group Financial statements of Inchcape
plc for the year ended 31 December 2007 which comprise the
Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated balance
sheet, the Consolidated cash flow statement, the Consolidated
statement of recognised income and expense and the related
notes.These Group Financial statements have been prepared
under the accounting policies set out therein.

We have reported separately on the parent company financial
statements of Inchcape plc for the year ended 31 December 2007
and on the information in the Remuneration Report that is
described as having been audited.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report
and the Group Financial statements in accordance with
applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union are set out in the
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities.

Our responsibility is to audit the Group Financial statements in
accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).This report,
including the opinion, has been prepared for and only for the
Company’s members as a body in accordance with Section 235
of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose.We do not,
in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into
whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our
prior consent in writing.

We report to you our opinion as to whether the Group Financial
statements give a true and fair view and whether the Group
Financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance
with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.
We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given
in the Directors' Report is consistent with the Group Financial
statements.The information given in the Directors’ Report includes
that specific information presented in the Operating and Financial
reviews that are cross referred from the Business review section of
the Directors’ Report.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received
all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if
information specified by law regarding director’s remuneration and
other transactions is not disclosed.

We review whether the Corporate Governance Report reflects the
Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the Combined
Code (2006) specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the
Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not.We are
not required to consider whether the Board’s statements on
internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on
the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures
or its risk and control procedures.

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and
consider whether it is consistent with the audited Group Financial
statements.The other information comprises only the Directors’
Report, the Chairman’s Statement, the Operating and Financial
Review and the Corporate Governance Statement, the Corporate
social responsibility section, the Board of Directors, the unaudited
part of the Remuneration Report, the Directors’ responsibilities, and
the Company details.We consider the implications for our report
if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material
inconsistencies with the Group Financial statements. Our
responsibilities do not extend to any other information.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing
Practices Board.An audit includes examination, on a test basis,
of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the Group
Financial statements. It also includes an assessment of the
significant estimates and judgments made by the Directors in the
preparation of the Group Financial statements, and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s circumstances,
consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the
information and explanations which we considered necessary
in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable
assurance that the Group Financial statements are free from
material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated
the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the
Group Financial statements.

Opinion
In our opinion:

• the Group Financial statements give a true and fair view, in

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of
the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2007 and of
its profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

• the Group Financial statements have been properly prepared
in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of
the IAS Regulation; and

• the information given in the Directors' Report is consistent with

the Group Financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London

26 February 2008

www.inchcape.com

65

Financial statements

Consolidated income statement

For the year ended 31 December 2007

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Net operating expenses

Operating profit
Share of profit after tax of
joint ventures and associates

Profit before finance and tax
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
– Equity holders of the parent
– Minority interests

Basic earnings per share (pence)
Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Before
exceptional
items
2007
£m

Exceptional
items
2007
£m

Before
exceptional
items
2006
£m

Total
2007
£m

Exceptional
items
2006
£m

6,056.8
(5,174.3)

882.5
(617.5)

265.0

3.5

268.5
57.3
(90.7)

235.1
(57.9)

177.2

–
–

–
4.9

4.9

–

4.9
–
–

4.9
–

4.9

–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
8.0

8.0

6,056.8
(5,174.3)

4,842.1
(4,132.3)

709.8
(495.9)

213.9

5.9

219.8
49.0
(54.9)

213.9
(45.1)

168.8

882.5
(612.6)

269.9

3.5

273.4
57.3
(90.7)

240.0
(57.9)

182.1

176.4
5.7

182.1

38.0p
37.8p

Notes

1, 3

2, 3

13

6
7

8

9
9

Total
2006
£m

4,842.1
(4,132.3)

709.8
(495.9)

213.9

5.9

219.8
49.0
(54.9)

213.9
(37.1)

176.8

173.9
2.9

176.8

37.5p
37.1p

66

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

For the year ended 31 December 2007

Cash flow hedges
Fair value losses on available for sale financial assets
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
Actuarial gains on defined benefit pension schemes
Tax recognised directly in shareholders' equity

Net gains (losses) recognised directly in shareholders' equity
Profit for the year

Total recognised income and expense for the year

Attributable to:
– Equity holders of the parent
– Minority interests

Notes

25a

25a

2007
£m

33.0
(0.2)
30.3
32.1
(22.2)

73.0
182.1

255.1

248.4
6.7

255.1

2006
£m

(21.8)
(1.9)
(34.2)
5.3
18.7

(33.9)
176.8

142.9

140.5
2.4

142.9

www.inchcape.com

67

Financial statements

Consolidated balance sheet

As at 31 December 2007

Non–current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Available for sale financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets
Retirement benefit asset

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Available for sale financial assets
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale and disposal group

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Borrowings

Non–current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Borrowings
Retirement benefit liability

Liabilities directly associated with the disposal group

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders' equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Minority interests

Total shareholders' equity

Notes

11
12
13
14
15
16
5

17
15
14
23

18

19

20
23

21
22

20
21
16
22
5

19

24, 25
25
25
25
25

25

2007
£m

400.5
519.3
15.3
15.6
24.2
10.2
51.9

1,037.0

797.5
262.6
1.1
12.9
2.9
343.4

1,420.4
168.6

1,589.0

2,626.0

(940.2)
(8.3)
(42.2)
(31.3)
(155.3)

2006
£m

147.9
427.0
15.1
12.2
23.2
40.6
–

666.0

704.6
211.4
52.8
0.6
2.2
335.2

1,306.8
30.8

1,337.6

2,003.6

(791.5)
(40.2)
(33.7)
(20.7)
(183.5)

(1,177.3)

(1,069.6)

(41.4)
(39.4)
(18.5)
(409.6)
(23.4)

(532.3)
(78.6)

(39.4)
(35.5)
(14.7)
(170.7)
(22.7)

(283.0)
–

(1,788.2)

(1,352.6)

837.8

651.0

121.6
123.4
16.4
12.7
539.5

813.6
24.2

837.8

120.6
115.9
16.4
(37.7)
428.6

643.8
7.2

651.0

The Financial statements on pages 66 to 119 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 February 2008 and were signed on its behalf
by:

Barbara Richmond, Director

André Lacroix, Director

68

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Consolidated cash flow statement

For the year ended 31 December 2007

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid
Interest received
Interest paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and overdrafts acquired
Net cash inflow from sale of businesses
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Net purchase of available for sale financial assets
Dividends received from joint ventures and associates

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares
Share buy back programme
Net purchase of own shares by ESOP Trust
Cash inflow from Private Placement
Net cash (outflow) inflow from borrowings other than Private Placement
Payment of capital element of finance leases
Settlement of derivatives
Equity dividends paid
Minority dividends paid

Net cash from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
– Cash at bank and in hand
– Short term bank deposits
– Bank overdrafts

Notes

26a

26b

2007
£m

2006
£m

293.0
(49.8)
12.4
(49.5)

206.1

(329.6)
85.5
(72.0)
(8.1)
47.3
–
2.6

(274.3)

8.5
(18.5)
(2.0)
277.1
(95.5)
(0.6)
(4.3)
(71.1)
(1.8)

91.8

23.6
166.2
8.8

198.6

236.8
(50.2)
10.7
(18.2)

179.1

(147.9)
5.4
(50.7)
(3.1)
11.4
(49.9)
0.4

(234.4)

3.9
(34.0)
(0.2)
–
158.7
(0.3)
(6.8)
(52.6)
(3.9)

64.8

9.5
165.9
(9.2)

166.2

273.0
70.4
(144.8)

198.6

262.8
72.4
(169.0)

166.2

www.inchcape.com

69

Financial statements

Accounting policies

The Financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed by the
European Union and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985, applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

Accounting convention
The Financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the retention of some freehold properties and
leasehold buildings at previously revalued amounts (which were treated as deemed cost on transition to IFRS) and the measurement
of certain balances at fair value as disclosed in the accounting policies below.

Changes in accounting standards
A number of new standards, amendments and interpretations are effective for the first time for 2007.The Group has adopted IFRS 7,
Financial instruments: Disclosures, and the complementary amendment to IAS 1, Presentation of financial statements – Capital
disclosures.These standards have no effect on the classification and valuation of the Group’s financial instruments but have introduced
new disclosures relating to financial instruments.

In addition, the Group has adopted new interpretations, where relevant, however such adoption has not had a material impact on the
Group’s financial statements.

At the balance sheet date a number of IFRSs and IFRIC interpretations were in issue but not yet effective.These include IFRS 8 – Operating
Segments, IAS 23 (Amendment) – Borrowing Costs and IFRIC 14 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements
and their Interaction.

IFRS 8 replaces IAS 14 – Segmental Reporting and requires operating segments to be disclosed on the same basis as that used for
internal reporting. It is required to be implemented by the Group from 1 January 2009 and will not have an impact on the results or net
assets of the Group.

IAS 23 (Amendment) removes the option of immediately expensing borrowing costs that are directly attributable to a qualifying asset
and requires such costs to be capitalised. It is required to be implemented by the Group from 1 January 2009 but is not expected to
have a material impact on the results or net assets of the Group.

IFRIC 14 is effective from 1 January 2008.This interpretation provides guidance on the extent to which a pension scheme surplus
should be recognised as an asset. Based on current assessments, this interpretation is not expected to reduce the assets recognised
at 31 December 2008 in respect of pension schemes.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated Financial statements comprise the Financial statements of the parent Company (Inchcape plc) and all of its subsidiary
undertakings (defined as where the Group has control), together with the Group’s share of the results of its joint ventures (defined as
where the Group has joint control) and associates (defined as where the Group has significant influence but not control).The results
of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are consolidated as of the same reporting date as the parent Company, using consistent
accounting policies.

The results of subsidiaries are consolidated using the purchase method of accounting from the date on which control of the net assets
and operations of the acquired company are effectively transferred to the Group. Similarly, the results of subsidiaries disposed of cease
to be consolidated from the date on which control of the net assets and operations are transferred out of the Group.

Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for using the equity method, whereby the Group's share of the post–
acquisition profits or losses are recognised in the income statement, and its share of post–acquisition movements in shareholders' equity
are recognised in shareholders' equity. If the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture or associate equals or exceeds its investment in the
joint venture or associate, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has contractual obligations or made payments on behalf
of the joint venture or associate.

Foreign currency translation
Items included in the results of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in
which the entity operates (the functional currency).The consolidated Financial statements are presented in sterling, which is Inchcape
plc’s functional and presentational currency.

In the individual entities, transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing
at the dates of the individual transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are subsequently
retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.All differences are taken to the income statement, except those

70

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

arising on long term foreign currency borrowings used to finance or hedge foreign currency investments which on consolidation are
taken directly to shareholders’ equity.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.
The income statements of foreign operations are translated into sterling at the average for the period of the month end rates of
exchange. Exchange differences arising from 1 January 2004 are recognised as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.
On disposal of a foreign operation any cumulative exchange differences held in shareholders’ equity are transferred to the consolidated
income statement.

Financial instruments
The Group classifies its financial instruments in the following categories: loans and receivables; available for sale; held at fair value;
and amortised cost.The classification is determined at initial recognition and depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments
are required.

Loans and receivables are non–derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.
They are included in current assets, except where the maturity date is more than 12 months after the balance sheet date.

Held at fair value includes derivative financial assets and liabilities, which are further explained below.They are included within current
assets and liabilities respectively.

Available for sale financial assets are non–derivative financial assets, and comprise bonds and equity investments.They are
classified as non–current assets unless management intends to dispose of them within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Amortised cost is the residual category and includes non–derivative financial assets and liabilities which are held at original cost,
less amortisation or provision raised.

Derivative financial instruments
An outline of the objectives, policies and strategies pursued by the Group in relation to its financial instruments is set out in the Financial
risk factors section of the Financial review.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re–measured
at their fair value.The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging
instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

• hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or

• hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

Cash flow hedge
For cash flow hedges that meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gains or losses on the hedging instrument that
are determined to be an effective hedge are recognised directly in shareholders’ equity and the ineffective portion is recognised in the
income statement.When the hedged firm commitment results in the recognition of a non–financial asset or liability then, at the time the
asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses that had previously been recognised in shareholders’ equity are included in
the initial measurement of the acquisition cost or other carrying amount of the asset or liability. For all other cash flow hedges, the gains
or losses that are recognised in shareholders’ equity are transferred to the income statement in the same period in which the hedged firm
commitment affects the income statement.

Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement,
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.The Group only
applies fair value hedge accounting for hedging fixed interest risk on borrowings (on its cross currency interest rate swaps).The gain or
loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings and changes in the fair value of those borrowings
are recognised in the income statement within finance costs.The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is also recognised in the
income statement within finance costs.

Hedge of net investment
The Group uses borrowings denominated in foreign currency to hedge net investments in foreign operations.These are accounted for
similarly to cash flow hedges.Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in

www.inchcape.com

71

Financial statements

Accounting policies continued

equity; the gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement in net operating expenses.
Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires, is sold, terminated, exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge
accounting.At that point in time any cumulative gains or losses on the hedging instrument which have been recognised in shareholders’
equity are kept in shareholders’ equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the
cumulative gains or losses that have been recognised in shareholders’ equity are transferred to the income statement for the period.

For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are taken directly to the
income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost comprises the purchase
price and directly attributable costs of the asset. Depreciation is based on cost less estimated residual value and is provided, except for
freehold land which is not depreciated, on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. For the following categories, the
annual rates used are:

Freehold buildings and long leasehold buildings
Short leasehold buildings
Plant, machinery and equipment
Vehicles subject to residual value commitments

2.0%
shorter of lease term or useful life
5.0% – 33.3%
over the lease term

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed at least at each balance sheet date.

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition of a business combination over the Group’s share of the fair value of identifiable
net assets of the business acquired at the date of acquisition.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.At the date of acquisition the goodwill
is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing and is tested at least annually for impairment.

Gains and losses on disposal of a business include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the business sold in determining the gain
or loss on disposal, except for goodwill arising on business combinations on or before 31 December 1997 which has been deducted from
shareholders’ equity and remains indefinitely in shareholders’ equity.

Other intangible assets
Intangible assets, when acquired separately from a business (including computer software), are carried at cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment losses.Amortisation is provided on a straight line basis to allocate the cost of the asset over its estimated
useful life, which in the case of computer software is three to five years.

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination (including back orders and customer contracts) are capitalised separately
from goodwill if the fair value can be measured reliably on initial recognition.These intangible assets are amortised over their estimated
useful life, which is generally less than a year.

Impairment
Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

In addition, goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment.An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, the latter being the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.
Value in use calculations are performed using cash flow projections, discounted at a pre–tax rate which reflects the asset specific risks
and the time value of money.

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect
all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables.The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an
allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within net operating expenses.When a trade
receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts
previously written off are credited against net operating expenses in the income statement.

72

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises expenditure incurred in bringing inventories to their
present location and condition. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and
costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Used vehicles are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell,
generally based on external market data available for used vehicles.

Vehicles held on consignment which are deemed in substance to be assets of the Group are included within inventories with the
corresponding liability included within trade and other payables.

Stock holding costs are charged to finance costs.

Investments
The Group’s investments are classified as available for sale or held to maturity (where management has a positive intention and ability
to hold the asset to maturity).

Gains and losses on available for sale financial assets are recognised in shareholders’ equity, until the investment is sold or is considered
to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in shareholders’ equity is included in the income statement
as part of net operating expenses.

Held to maturity financial assets are carried at amortised cost.

Pensions and other post–retirement benefits
The Group operates a number of retirement benefit schemes.

The major schemes are defined benefit pension funds with assets held separately from the Group.The cost of providing benefits under
the plans is determined separately for each plan using the projected unit credit actuarial valuation method.

The current service cost and gains and losses on settlements and curtailments are included in cost of sales or net operating expenses
in the income statement. Past service costs are similarly included where the benefits have vested otherwise they are amortised on a
straight line basis over the vesting period.The expected return on assets of funded defined benefit pension plans and the imputed interest
on pension plan liabilities comprise the post–retirement benefit element of finance costs and finance income in the income statement.

Differences between the actual and expected return on assets, changes in the retirement benefit obligation due to experience
and changes in actuarial assumptions are included in the statement of recognised income and expense in full in the period in
which they arise.

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the income statement in the period to which the
contributions relate.

The Group also has a liability in respect of past employees under post–retirement healthcare schemes which have been closed to new
entrants.These schemes are accounted for on a similar basis to that for defined benefit pension plans in accordance with the advice
of independent qualified actuaries.

Share–based payments
The Group operates various share–based award schemes.The fair value at the date at which the share–based awards are granted is
recognised in the income statement (together with a corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity) on a straight line basis over the
vesting period, based on an estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. For equity settled share–based awards, the services
received from employees are measured by reference to the fair value of the awards granted. No expense is recognised for awards that
do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition.

Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the
inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease
payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest
on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged to the income statement. Capitalised leased assets are
depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Leases where the Group does not retain substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases.
Operating lease rental payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term.

www.inchcape.com

73

Financial statements

Accounting policies continued

Revenue and cost of sales
Revenue from the sale of goods and services sold is measured at the fair value of consideration receivable, net of rebates and any
discounts and includes lease rentals and finance and insurance commission. It excludes sales related taxes and intra–Group transactions.

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably
measured. In practice this means that revenue is recognised when vehicles or parts are invoiced and physically dispatched or when
the service has been undertaken. Revenue from commission is recognised when receipt of payment can be assured.

Profits arising on the sale of vehicles to a leasing company, sourced from within the Group, for which a Group company retains a residual
value commitment to the leasing company, are recognised over the period of the lease.These vehicles are retained on the balance
sheet within property, plant and equipment on the basis that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have not been transferred
to the purchaser.The vehicles are written down to their residual value over the term of the lease with the corresponding deferred income
included in trade and other payables and released to the income statement over the same period.

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

Cost of sales includes the expense relating to the estimated cost of self–insured warranties offered to customers.These warranties form
part of the package of goods and services provided to the customer when purchasing a vehicle and are not a separable product.

Income tax
The charge for current income tax is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items which are not taxed or disallowed. It is
calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax is accounted for using the liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from differences between
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Financial statements.

In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the
extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such
assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference is due to goodwill arising on a business combination, or to an asset
or liability, the initial recognition of which does not affect either taxable or accounting income.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and
associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled.
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items credited or charged directly to shareholders’
equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in shareholders’ equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle
balances net.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprises cash at bank and in hand and short term bank deposits.

In the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash and cash equivalents, as defined above, net of
bank overdrafts.

Offsetting
Balance sheet netting only occurs to the extent that there is the legal ability and intention to settle net.As such, bank overdrafts are
presented in current liabilities to the extent that there is no intention to offset with the cash balance.

Disposal group and assets held for sale
Where the Group is actively marketing the disposal of a business within one year of the balance sheet date, the assets and liabilities of
the associated businesses are separately disclosed on the balance sheet as a disposal group.Assets are classified as assets held for sale
if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. Both disposal groups
and assets held for sale are stated at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

74

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation in respect of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow
of resources will be required to settle the obligation and where the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are discounted when
the time value of money is considered to be material, using an appropriate risk free rate on government bonds.

Exceptional items
Items which are both material and non–recurring are presented as exceptional items within their relevant consolidated income statement
category.The separate reporting of exceptional items helps provide a better indication of the Group’s underlying business performance.
Examples of events which may give rise to the classification of items as exceptional include gains or losses on the disposal of businesses,
restructuring of businesses, litigation, asset impairments and exceptional tax related matters.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.Where the Group purchases the Group's equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration
paid is deducted from shareholders' equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of.Where such shares are subsequently
sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in shareholders' equity.

Dividends
Final dividends proposed by the Board of Directors and unpaid at the year end are not recognised in the Financial statements until they
have been approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid.

Significant accounting judgements and estimates
Judgements
In the process of applying the Group's accounting policies, the Directors have made the following judgements, apart from those involving
estimations, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial statements.

(i) Revenue recognition on vehicles subject to residual value commitments

Where the Group sells vehicles, sourced from within the Group, and retains a residual value commitment, the sale is not recognised on
the basis that the Group has determined that it retains the significant risks and rewards of ownership of these vehicles.

(ii) Consignment stock

Vehicles held on consignment have been included in finished goods inventories on the basis that the Group has determined that it
holds the significant risks and rewards attached to these vehicles.

Estimates
The key assumptions concerning the future and other sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant
risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:

(i) Product warranty provision

The product warranty provision requires an estimation of the number of expected warranty claims, and the expected cost of labour
and parts necessary to satisfy these warranty claims.

(ii) Pensions and other post–retirement benefits

The net retirement benefit asset or liability is calculated based on a number of actuarial assumptions as detailed in note 5.A number
of these assumptions involve a considerable degree of estimation, including the rate of inflation and expected mortality rates.

(iii) Tax

The Group is subject to income taxes in a number of jurisdictions. Some degree of estimation is required in determining the worldwide
provision for income taxes.There are a number of transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain
during the ordinary course of business.The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether
additional taxes will be due.Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded,
such differences will impact the current tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

In addition, the recognition of deferred tax assets is dependent upon an estimation of future taxable profits that will be available
against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. In the event that actual taxable profits are different, such differences
may impact the carrying value of such deferred tax assets in future periods.

(iv) Goodwill

Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment in accordance with the accounting policy set out above.The recoverable amount
of cash generating units is determined based on value in use calculations.These calculations require the use of estimates including
projected future cash flows.

www.inchcape.com

75

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts

1 Segmental analysis
Primary reporting format – geographical segments
The Group's primary reporting format is by geographical segments.

The geographical segments disclosed align them with the risks and returns associated with different territories. Emerging Markets, which is
defined as those countries in which the Group operates that have started to grow but have yet to reach a mature stage of development
and accordingly are in the growth phase of the development cycle.These currently comprise Russia, China, Balkans, Baltics and Poland.
Comparative information has been reclassified accordingly.

The Group's geographical segments are based on the location of the Group's assets. Revenue earned from sales is disclosed by origin
and is not materially different from revenue by destination.

Transfer prices between geographical segments are set on an arm's length basis.

2007

Revenue
Total revenue
Inter–segment revenue
Revenue from third parties

Results
Operating profit before
exceptional items
Exceptional items
Segment result
Share of profit after
tax of joint ventures
and associates
Profit before finance
and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

657.5
–
657.5

1,436.5
(232.6)
1,203.9

241.5
–
241.5

480.3
–
480.3

2,713.5
–
2,713.5

518.6
–
518.6

241.5
–
241.5

6,289.4
(232.6)
6,056.8

–
–
–

6,289.4
(232.6)
6,056.8

43.8
–
43.8

50.1
–
50.1

28.3
12.0
40.3

46.0
–
46.0

69.6
(7.1)
62.5

29.6
–
29.6

25.1
–
25.1

292.5
4.9
297.4

(27.5)
–
(27.5)

265.0
4.9
269.9

–

1.8

0.2

–

0.9

–

0.6

3.5

–

3.5

43.8

51.9

40.5

46.0

63.4

29.6

25.7

300.9

(27.5)

273.4
57.3
(90.7)
240.0
(57.9)
182.1

76

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

2006 Reclassified

Revenue
Total revenue
Inter–segment revenue
Revenue from third parties

Results
Operating profit before
exceptional items
Exceptional items
Segment result
Share of profit after
tax of joint ventures
and associates
Profit before finance
and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

616.6
–
616.6

1,335.7
(144.6)
1,191.1

224.8
–
224.8

659.5
–
659.5

1,711.9
–
1,711.9

38.5
–
38.5

39.3
–
39.3

24.0
–
24.0

58.6
–
58.6

45.9
–
45.9

212.8
–
212.8

10.6
–
10.6

Rest of
World
£m

225.4
–
225.4

21.9
–
21.9

Total pre
Central
£m

4,986.7
(144.6)
4,842.1

Central
£m

Total
£m

–
–
–

4,986.7
(144.6)
4,842.1

238.8
–
238.8

(24.9)
–
(24.9)

213.9
–
213.9

–

1.8

2.8

–

0.9

–

0.4

5.9

–

5.9

38.5

41.1

26.8

58.6

46.8

10.6

22.3

244.7

(24.9)

219.8
49.0
(54.9)
213.9
(37.1)
176.8

www.inchcape.com

77

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

1 Segmental analysis continued

2007

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Investment in joint ventures
and associates
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets*
Total assets

Segment liabilities
External borrowings
Liabilities directly associated
with the disposal group
Other unallocated liabilities*
Total liabilities

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Total pre

unallocated Unallocated
£m

£m

Total
£m

189.1

361.6

61.2

80.9

948.3

311.8

70.8

2,023.7

–

2,023.7

–
1.1
–
–
190.2

7.6
4.0
–
–
373.2

(178.2)
–

(310.4)
–

–
–
(178.2)

–
–
(310.4)

–
–
–
–
61.2

(18.4)
–

–
–
(18.4)

–
–
–
–
80.9

4.0
163.5
–
–
1,115.8

3.0
–
–
–
314.8

0.7
–
–
–
71.5

15.3
168.6
–
–
2,207.6

–
–
343.4
75.0
418.4

15.3
168.6
343.4
75.0
2,626.0

(25.8)
–

(334.7)
–

(64.8)
–

(32.9)
–

(965.2)
–

–
(564.9)

(965.2)
(564.9)

–
–
(25.8)

(78.6)
–
(413.3)

–
–
(64.8)

–
–
(32.9)

(78.6)
–
(1,043.8)

–
(179.5)
(744.4)

(78.6)
(179.5)
(1,788.2)

* Other unallocated assets and liabilities include central provisions, tax, dividends and assets and liabilities not directly related to operating activities.

2007

Other segment items

Capital expenditure:
– Property, plant

and equipment

– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

– Intangible assets
Depreciation:
– Property, plant

and equipment

– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

Amortisation of
intangible assets
Net provisions charged
(released) to the
income statement

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

2.6

18.3
0.2

2.0

1.0

0.2

6.4

9.9
0.4

3.4

4.3

0.6

2.4

1.1

44.4

10.6

3.4

–
–

–
–

19.0
0.9

–
0.3

–
–

1.5

1.6

12.7

3.6

2.0

–

–

–

0.1

7.2

4.5

–

0.9

–

–

70.9

47.2
1.8

26.8

12.5

1.1

–
6.3

72.0

47.2
8.1

0.4

27.2

–

12.5

6.3

0.2

6.5

4.4

3.4

1.5

2.5

5.3

(0.2)

1.0

17.9

5.6

23.5

78

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

2006 Reclassified

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Investment in joint ventures
and associates
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets*
Total assets

Segment liabilities
External borrowings
Liabilities directly associated
with the disposal group
Other unallocated liabilities*
Total liabilities

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Total pre
unallocated
£m

Unallocated
£m

Total
£m

154.3

335.8

55.4

104.5

719.5

88.4

60.3

1,518.2

–

1,518.2

–
–
–
–
154.3

8.6
–
–
–
344.4

(196.7)
–

(281.3)
–

–
–
(196.7)

–
–
(281.3)

–
30.8
–
–
86.2

(18.6)
–

–
–
(18.6)

–
–
–
–
104.5

5.5
–
–
–
725.0

0.6
–
–
–
89.0

0.4
–
–
–
60.7

15.1
30.8
–
–
1,564.1

–
–
335.2
104.3
439.5

15.1
30.8
335.2
104.3
2,003.6

(47.2)
–

(303.7)
–

(19.2)
–

(31.7)
–

(898.4)
–

–
(354.2)

(898.4)
(354.2)

–
–
(47.2)

–
–
(303.7)

–
–
(19.2)

–
–
(31.7)

–
–
(898.4)

–
(100.0)
(454.2)

–
(100.0)
(1,352.6)

* Other unallocated assets and liabilities include central provisions, tax, dividends and assets and liabilities not directly related to operating activities.

2006 Reclassified

Other segment items

Capital expenditure:
– Property, plant

and equipment

– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

– Intangible assets
Depreciation:
– Property, plant

and equipment

– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

Amortisation of
intangible assets
Net provisions charged
(released) to the
income statement

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

4.4

4.8

1.8

1.1

29.3

14.0
0.2

12.0
0.3

–
–

–
–

10.5
2.3

4.6

–
0.1

3.9

–
–

1.5

1.6

10.9

1.0

2.2

2.3

0.2

0.4

3.5

4.6

0.6

–

–

–

0.1

9.3

2.8

–

–

–

–

–

6.2

8.2

0.1

4.1

8.5

49.9

36.5
2.9

23.0

14.1

3.9

0.8

–
0.2

50.7

36.5
3.1

0.3

23.3

–

14.1

0.1

4.0

1.2

28.3

(0.4)

27.9

www.inchcape.com

79

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

1 Segmental analysis continued
Secondary reporting format – business segments
The Group's secondary reporting format is by business segments.

The disclosures comprise two key business segments – Distribution and Retail. Distribution comprises Vertically integrated import,
distribution and retail as well as Import and distribution. In addition, Distribution includes Financial Services and Other businesses.

The secondary disclosures below analyse Distribution and Retail by geographical region.Additional disclosure has also been provided
on the segmentation of profitability and operating assets and liabilities.

Transfer prices between business segments are set on an arm's length basis.

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

538.7
(122.1)
416.6

1,018.8
(194.7)
824.1

241.5
–
241.5

480.3
–
480.3

67.5
–
67.5

319.3
(77.3)
242.0

35.0
–
35.0

–
35.0

49.3
–
49.3

1.8
51.1

28.3
12.0
40.3

0.2
40.5

46.0
–
46.0

–
46.0

4.9
(8.8)
(3.9)

0.9
(3.0)

16.4
–
16.4

–
16.4

Distribution

Total
Distribution
£m

2,903.6
(394.1)
2,509.5

204.9
3.2
208.1

3.5
211.6

Rest of
World
£m

237.5
–
237.5

25.0
–
25.0

0.6
25.6

2007

Revenue
Total revenue
Inter–segment revenue
Revenue from third parties

Results
Operating profit
before exceptional items
Exceptional items
Segment result
Share of profit after tax of
joint ventures and associates
Profit before finance and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year

80

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

2007

Revenue
Total revenue
Inter–segment revenue
Revenue from third parties

Results
Operating profit
before exceptional items
Exceptional items
Segment result
Share of profit after tax of
joint ventures and associates
Profit before finance and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Retail

Total
Retail
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

240.9
–
240.9

379.8
–
379.8

2,646.0
–
2,646.0

276.6
–
276.6

8.8
–
8.8

–
8.8

0.8
–
0.8

–
0.8

64.7
1.7
66.4

–
66.4

13.2
–
13.2

–
13.2

4.0
–
4.0

0.1
–
0.1

–
0.1

3,547.3
–
3,547.3

6,450.9
(394.1)
6,056.8

–
–
–

6,450.9
(394.1)
6,056.8

87.6
1.7
89.3

–
89.3

292.5
4.9
297.4

3.5
300.9

(27.5)
–
(27.5)

–
(27.5)

265.0
4.9
269.9

3.5
273.4
57.3
(90.7)
240.0
(57.9)
182.1

www.inchcape.com

81

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

1 Segmental analysis continued

2007

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Investment in joint ventures
and associates
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets*
Total assets

Segment liabilities
External borrowings
Liabilities directly associated
with the disposal group
Other unallocated liabilities*
Total liabilities

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Distribution

Total
Distribution
£m

102.5

272.7

61.2

80.9

67.7

180.4

68.6

834.0

–
1.1
–
–
103.6

7.6
4.0
–
–
284.3

(146.8)
–

(276.2)
–

–
–
(146.8)

–
–
(276.2)

–
–
–
–
61.2

(18.4)
–

–
–
(18.4)

–
–
–
–
80.9

(25.8)
–

–
–
(25.8)

1.9
–
–
–
69.6

(49.0)
–

–
–
(49.0)

–
–
–
–
180.4

(48.5)
–

–
–
(48.5)

0.7
–
–
–
69.3

10.2
5.1
–
–
849.3

(32.5)
–

(597.2)
–

–
–
(32.5)

–
–
(597.2)

* Other unallocated assets and liabilities include central provisions, tax, dividends and assets and liabilities not directly related to operating activities.

2007

Other segment items
Capital expenditure:
– Property, plant and equipment
– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

– Intangible assets

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Distribution

Total
Distribution
£m

1.8

16.0
0.2

1.8

8.9
0.3

2.4

1.1

5.0

–
–

–
–

19.0
0.4

1.3

–
0.3

3.3

16.7

–
–

43.9
1.2

82

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Retail

2007

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Investment in joint ventures
and associates
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets*
Total assets

Segment liabilities
External borrowings
Liabilities directly associated
with the disposal group
Other unallocated liabilities*
Total liabilities

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Total pre

Total
Retail unallocated Unallocated
£m

£m

£m

Total
£m

86.6

88.9

880.6

131.4

2.2

1,189.7

2,023.7

–

2,023.7

–
–
–
–
86.6

(31.4)
–

–
–
(31.4)

–
–
–
–
88.9

2.1
163.5
–
–
1,046.2

(34.2)
–

(285.7)
–

–
–
(34.2)

(78.6)
–
(364.3)

3.0
–
–
–
134.4

(16.3)
–

–
–
(16.3)

–
–
–
–
2.2

(0.4)
–

–
–
(0.4)

5.1
163.5
–
–
1,358.3

15.3
168.6
–
–
2,207.6

–
–
343.4
75.0
418.4

15.3
168.6
343.4
75.0
2,626.0

(368.0)
–

(965.2)
–

–
(564.9)

(965.2)
(564.9)

(78.6)
–
(446.6)

(78.6)
–
(1,043.8)

–
(179.5)
(744.4)

(78.6)
(179.5)
(1,788.2)

* Other unallocated assets and liabilities include central provisions, tax, dividends and assets and liabilities not directly related to operating activities.

2007

Other segment items
Capital expenditure:
– Property, plant and equipment
– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

– Intangible assets

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Retail

Total
Retail
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

0.8

2.3
–

4.6

1.0
0.1

39.4

9.3

0.1

54.2

70.9

–
0.5

–
–

–
–

3.3
0.6

47.2
1.8

1.1

–
6.3

72.0

47.2
8.1

www.inchcape.com

83

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

1 Segmental analysis continued

2006 Reclassified

Revenue
Total revenue
Inter–segment revenue
Revenue from third parties

Results
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items
Segment result
Share of profit after tax of
joint ventures and associates
Profit before finance and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year

2006 Reclassified

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Investment in joint ventures and associates
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets*
Total assets

Segment liabilities
External borrowings
Other unallocated liabilities*
Total liabilities

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

511.2
(111.5)
399.7

944.0
(165.7)
778.3

224.8
–
224.8

28.2
–
28.2

–
28.2

41.1
–
41.1

1.8
42.9

24.0
–
24.0

2.8
26.8

659.5
–
659.5

58.6
–
58.6

–
58.6

100.3
(2.5)
97.8

185.4
(52.4)
133.0

3.8
–
3.8

0.9
4.7

9.5
–
9.5

–
9.5

Distribution

Total
Distribution
£m

2,850.6
(332.1)
2,518.5

187.1
–
187.1

5.9
193.0

Rest of
World
£m

225.4
–
225.4

21.9
–
21.9

0.4
22.3

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Distribution

Total
Distribution
£m

90.7
–
–
–
–
90.7

(173.0)
–
–
(173.0)

255.3
8.6
–
–
–
263.9

(252.9)
–
–
(252.9)

55.4
–
30.8
–
–
86.2

(18.6)
–
–
(18.6)

104.5
–
–
–
–
104.5

(47.2)
–
–
(47.2)

85.7
5.5
–
–
–
91.2

(44.5)
–
–
(44.5)

28.2
–
–
–
–
28.2

(11.3)
–
–
(11.3)

60.3
0.4
–
–
–
60.7

(31.7)
–
–
(31.7)

680.1
14.5
30.8
–
–
725.4

(579.2)
–
–
(579.2)

* Other unallocated assets and liabilities include central provisions, tax, dividends and assets and liabilities not directly related to operating activities.

2006 Reclassified

Other segment items
Capital expenditure:
– Property, plant and equipment
– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

– Intangible assets

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

Hong Kong
£m

Singapore
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Rest of
World
£m

Distribution

Total
Distribution
£m

3.2

0.5

1.8

1.1

6.2

4.4

3.9

21.1

14.0
0.2

11.2
0.3

–
–

–
–

10.5
0.2

–
–

–
–

35.7
0.7

84

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01–43

Governance
44–64

Financial statements
65–128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

2006 Reclassified

Revenue
Total revenue
Inter–segment revenue
Revenue from third parties

Results
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items
Segment result
Share of profit after tax of
joint ventures and associates
Profit before finance and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year

2006 Reclassified

Segment assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Investment in joint ventures and associates
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents
Other unallocated assets*
Total assets

Segment liabilities
External borrowings
Other unallocated liabilities*
Total liabilities

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Retail

Total
Retail
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

216.9
–
216.9

10.3
–
10.3

–
10.3

412.8
–
412.8

1,614.1
–
1,614.1

79.8
–
79.8

2,323.6
–
2,323.6

5,174.2
(332.1)
4,842.1

–
–
–

5,174.2
(332.1)
4,842.1

(1.8)
–
(1.8)

–
(1.8)

42.1
–
42.1

–
42.1

1.1
–
1.1

–
1.1

51.7
–
51.7

–
51.7

238.8
–
238.8

5.9
244.7

(24.9)
–
(24.9)

–
(24.9)

213.9
–
213.9

5.9
219.8
49.0
(54.9)
213.9
(37.1)
176.8

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

63.6
–
–
–
–
63.6

(23.7)
–
–
(23.7)

80.5
–
–
–
–
80.5

(28.4)
–
–
(28.4)

633.8
–
–
–
–
633.8

(259.2)
–
–
(259.2)

60.2
0.6
–
–
–
60.8

(7.9)
–
–
(7.9)

Retail

Total
Retail
£m

838.1
0.6
–
–
–
838.7

(319.2)
–
–
(319.2)

Total pre

unallocated Unallocated
£m

£m

Total
£m

1,518.2
15.1
30.8
–
–
1,564.1

(898.4)
–
–
(898.4)

–
–
–
335.2
104.3
439.5

1,518.2
15.1
30.8
335.2
104.3
2,003.6

–
(354.2)
(100.0)
(454.2)

(898.4)
(354.2)
(100.0)
(1,352.6)

* Other unallocated assets and liabilities include central provisions, tax, dividends and assets and liabilities not directly related to operating activities.

2006 Reclassified

Other segment items
Capital expenditure:
– Property, plant and equipment
– Vehicles subject to residual

value commitments

– Intangible assets

Australia
£m

Europe
£m

United
Kingdom
£m

Emerging
Markets
£m

Retail

Total
Retail
£m

Total pre
Central
£m

Central
£m

Total
£m

1.2

–
–

4.3

0.8
–

23.1

–
2.1

0.2

–
0.1

28.8

49.9

0.8
2.2

36.5
2.9

0.8

–
0.2

50.7

36.5
3.1

www.inchcape.com

85

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts

2 Exceptional items

Profit on disposal of Inchroy joint venture
Loss on disposal of Inchcape Automotive Limited
Loss on disposal of other UK businesses

Operating exceptional items
Exceptional tax

Total exceptional items

2007
£m

12.0
(5.8)
(1.3)

4.9
–

4.9

2006
£m

–
–
–

–
8.0

8.0

Exceptional tax in the prior year relates to the release of tax provided against the VAT recoveries in 2003 and 2004 following the favourable
settlement of the corporation tax treatment in 2006.

3 Revenue and expenses
a. Revenue

An analysis of the Group's revenue for the year is as follows:

Sale of goods
Rendering of services

b.Analysis of net operating expenses

Net operating
expenses
before

exceptional Exceptional Net operating
expenses
2007
£m

items
2007
£m

items
2007
£m

2007
£m

5,493.6
563.2

6,056.8

2006
£m

4,462.2
379.9

4,842.1

Net operating
expenses
before
exceptional
items
2006
£m

Exceptional Net operating
expenses
2006
£m

items
2006
£m

Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Other operating income

370.7
247.9
(1.1)

617.5

–
–
(4.9)

(4.9)

370.7
247.9
(6.0)

612.6

273.9
224.2
(2.2)

495.9

c. Profit before tax is stated after the following charges (credits):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:
– Owned assets
– Assets held under finance leases
– Vehicles subject to residual value commitments
Amortisation of intangible assets
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
Operating lease rentals

–
–
–

–

2007
£m

26.9
0.3
12.5
6.5
(9.0)
33.6

273.9
224.2
(2.2)

495.9

2006
£m

22.7
0.6
14.1
4.0
(0.6)
35.3

86

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

3 Revenue and expenses continued
d.Auditors' remuneration
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group's auditor at costs as
detailed below:

Audit services
Fees payable for the audit of the parent Company and the consolidated accounts
Non–audit services
Fees payable to the Company's auditor and its associates for other services:
– The audit of the Company's subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
– Other services supplied pursuant to such legislation
– Services relating to taxation
– Services related to Corporate Financial Services
– All other services

Total fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Audit fees – firms other than PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

e. Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share based payment costs

2007
£m

2006
£m

0.4

1.4
0.1
0.8
0.8
0.2

3.3
3.7

0.1

2007
£m

327.2
38.1
11.0
4.5

380.8

0.4

1.2
0.1
0.5
–
0.2

2.0
2.4

0.1

2006
£m

266.9
32.7
10.1
4.5

314.2

Information on Directors' emoluments and interests, which forms part of these audited financial statements, is given in the Board report on
remuneration (the auditable part).

The average number of employees are as follows:

By geographical segment

Australia
Europe
Hong Kong
Singapore
UK
Emerging Markets
Rest of World

Total operational
Central

By business segment

Distribution
Retail

Total operational
Central

2007
number

2006
number

1,131
1,355
1,141
846
6,592
1,712
1,195

13,972
149

14,121

2007
number

4,635
9,337

13,972
149

14,121

1,023
1,495
1,158
821
5,287
518
1,053

11,355
77

11,432

2006
number

5,068
6,287

11,355
77

11,432

www.inchcape.com

87

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

4 Share–based payments
The terms and conditions of the Group's share–based payment plans are detailed in the Board report on remuneration.

The expense arising from share–based payment transactions during the year is £4.5m (2006 – £4.5m), all of which is equity–settled.

The Deferred Bonus Plan disclosures below includes incentive plans for senior executives.

The following table sets out the movements in the number of share options and awards during the year:

Weighted average exercise price*

Executive Share Option Plan

Save As You Earn Plan

Deferred Bonus Plan

2007

2006

2007

2006

2007

2006

2007

2006

Outstanding at 1 January
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

£3.06
£5.18
£2.17
£3.77

£4.04

£2.33
£4.29
£1.80
£2.86

9,779,147
2,586,648
(2,820,694)
(917,920)

2,730,595
9,612,390
1,294,691
3,198,896
(2,397,453) (1,148,529)
(632,603)

(634,686)

2,842,980
983,119
(804,808)
(290,696)

919,408
434,920
(343,329)
(46,023)

1,122,786
350,560
(382,422)
(171,516)

£3.06

8,627,181

9,779,147

2,244,154

2,730,595

964,976

919,408

* The weighted average exercise price excludes awards made under the Deferred Bonus Plan as there is no exercise price attached to these share awards.

Included in the table above are 233,748 (2006 – 907,756) share options outstanding at 31 December 2007 granted before 7 November
2002 which have been excluded from the share–based payments charge in accordance with the IFRS 2 transitional provisions.

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding at 31 December 2007 is 6.3 years (2006 – 6.2 years).

The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the end of the year was £0.47 to £5.77 (2006 – £0.47 to £4.57). See note 24 for
further details.

The fair value of equity–settled share options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using a binomial model, taking into account
the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.The following table lists the main inputs to the model for shares granted
during the years ended 31 December 2007 and 31 December 2006:

Weighted average share price at grant date
Weighted average exercise price
Vesting period
Expected volatility
Expected life of option
Weighted average risk free rate
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average fair value per option

Executive Share Option Plan

Save As You Earn Plan

Deferred Bonus Plan

2007

2006

2007

2006

2007

2006

£5.75
£5.75
3.0 years
25.0%
4.0 years
5.1%
3.0%
£1.21

£4.45
£4.45
3.0 years
25.0%
4.0 years
4.5%
3.0%
£0.87

£5.05
£4.04
3.0 years
25.0%
3.2 years
5.2%
3.0%
£1.17

£4.68
£3.74
3.0 years
25.0%
3.2 years
4.6%
3.0%
£1.06

£5.30
n/a
3.0 years
n/a
3.0 years
4.9%
3.0%
£5.25

£4.11
n/a
3.0 years
n/a
3.0 years
4.5%
3.0%
£4.11

The expected life and volatility of the options are based upon historical data.

5 Pensions and other post–retirement benefits
The Group operates a number of pension and post–retirement benefit schemes for its employees in a number of its subsidiaries.

The principal funds are held in the UK and are final salary defined benefit pension schemes. Most of the schemes have assets held in trust
in separately administered funds although there are some minor unfunded arrangements relating to post–retirement health and medical
plans in respect of past employees.There are no material defined contribution schemes in the UK.

The majority of the overseas defined benefit schemes are final salary schemes which provide a lump sum on retirement, some of which
have assets held in trust in separately administered funds and others which are unfunded.The overseas defined contribution schemes
are principally linked to local statutory arrangements.

88

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

5 Pensions and other post–retirement benefits continued
a. UK schemes
The UK has four main defined benefit schemes, namely the Inchcape Group (UK) Pension Scheme, the Inchcape Motors Pension
Scheme, the Inchcape Overseas Pension Scheme and the TKM Group Pension Scheme.These schemes are considered below:

(i) Open schemes

Inchcape Group (UK) Pension Scheme
The latest triennial actuarial valuation for this scheme was carried out as at 31 March 2006 on a market related basis and determined in
accordance with the advice of independent professionally qualified actuaries based on the projected unit method.The majority of the
scheme's liabilities are for pensioners and deferred pensioners, and the investment strategy is to hold a broadly balanced portfolio of
equities and bonds.

Inchcape Motors Pension Scheme
The latest triennial actuarial valuation for this scheme was carried out as at 5 April 2006 on a market related basis and determined in
accordance with the advice of independent professionally qualified actuaries based on the projected unit method.Whilst a majority of
the scheme's members are pensioners and deferred pensioners, a sizeable portion of the membership is still accruing benefits and the
investment strategy reflects this with the majority of the assets invested in equities.

Inchcape Overseas Pension Scheme
This scheme is managed from Guernsey and is therefore reported in the United Kingdom segment in this note.The latest triennial
actuarial valuation for this scheme was carried out as at 31 March 2006 and determined in accordance with the advice of independent
professionally qualified actuaries based on the projected unit method.A significant majority of the scheme's members are pensioners
and deferred pensioners and therefore the majority of the assets are invested in bonds.

(ii) Closed scheme

TKM Group Pension Scheme
The latest triennial actuarial valuation for this closed scheme was carried out at 5 April 2004 on a market related basis and determined in
accordance with the advice of independent professionally qualified actuaries based on the projected unit method.Another actuarial
valuation is being undertaken as at 5 April 2007 which is expected to be finalised in 2008.The scheme has a prudent investment strategy
and, as at 31 December 2007, had only 1.0% invested in equities with the remainder invested in bonds or cash.Approximately half the
members are pensioners and half are deferred pensioners and as such no further pension accrual arises.

b. Overseas schemes
There are a number of smaller defined benefit schemes overseas, the most significant being the Inchcape Motors Limited Retirement
Scheme in Hong Kong. In general these schemes offer a lump sum on retirement with no further obligation to the employee.These
schemes are typically subject to triennial valuations.

c. Defined contribution plans
The total expense recognised in the income statement is £3.6m (2006 – £2.1m). Outstanding contributions to defined contribution
schemes are £0.1m (2006 – £0.1m).

d. Defined benefit plans
As the Group's principal defined benefit schemes are in the UK, these have been reported separately to the overseas schemes. For the
purposes of reporting, actuarial updates have been obtained for the Group's material schemes and these updates are reflected in the
amounts reported below.

The principal weighted average assumptions used by the actuaries were:

Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase in pensions
Discount rate
Inflation
Expected return on plan assets

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
%

5.1
3.3
5.8
3.3
6.2

2006
%

4.9
2.9
5.1
2.9
5.7

2007
%

5.0
1.7
4.0
0.8
7.2

2006
%

5.0
1.7
4.0
0.9
7.5

www.inchcape.com

89

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

5 Pensions and other post–retirement benefits continued
The rate of increase in healthcare cost is 5.5% (2006 – 4.5%) per annum but with higher increases in the first ten years.

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on published statistics and experience. For the UK schemes, the
average life expectancy of a pensioner retiring at age 65 is 20.9 years (2006 – 20.6 years) for current pensioners and 22.5 years (2006 –
22.2 years) for current non pensioners. Most of the overseas schemes only offer a lump sum on retirement and therefore mortality
assumptions are not applicable.

The expected return on plan assets is based on the weighted average expected return on each type of asset (principally equities and
bonds).The overall expected return on plan assets is determined based on the expected real rates of return on equities and expected
yields on bonds applicable to the period over which the obligation is to be settled.

The asset (liability) recognised in the balance sheet is determined as follows:

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets

Surplus (deficit) in funded obligations
Irrecoverable surplus

Net surplus (deficit) in funded obligations
Present value of unfunded obligations

The net pension asset (liability) is analysed as follows:

Schemes in surplus
Schemes in deficit

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
£m

(738.0)
767.5

29.5
–

29.5
(3.0)

26.5

2006
£m

(724.8)
706.5

(18.3)
–

(18.3)
(2.7)

(21.0)

48.4
(21.9)

26.5

–
(21.0)

(21.0)

2007
£m

(28.1)
31.8

3.7
(0.3)

3.4
(1.4)

2.0

3.5
(1.5)

2.0

2006
£m

(27.3)
26.8

(0.5)
(0.2)

(0.7)
(1.0)

(1.7)

–
(1.7)

(1.7)

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

Current service cost
Past service cost
Interest expense on plan liabilities
Expected return on plan assets

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
£m

(5.5)
(0.1)
(38.0)
41.9

(1.7)

2006
£m

(5.8)
(0.4)
(34.0)
36.1

(4.1)

2007
£m

(1.8)
–
(1.1)
1.9

(1.0)

2006
£m

(1.8)
–
(1.3)
1.6

(1.5)

The actual return on plan assets amounts to £45.1m (2006 – £41.5m).

The totals in the previous table were included in the following income statement lines:

Cost of sales

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

2007
£m

(0.4)
–

(0.4)

2006
£m

(0.4)
–

(0.4)

2007
£m

(0.6)
–

(0.6)

2006
£m

(0.7)
–

(0.7)

2007
£m

(6.3)
(0.1)

(6.4)

2006
£m

(6.5)
(0.4)

(6.9)

Current service cost
Past service cost

Interest expense on plan liabilities
Expected return on plan assets

2007
£m

(766.1)
799.3

33.2
(0.3)

32.9
(4.4)

28.5

51.9
(23.4)

28.5

2007
£m

(7.3)
(0.1)
(39.1)
43.8

(2.7)

2007
£m

(7.3)
(0.1)

(7.4)

(39.1)
43.8
(2.7)

Total

2006
£m

(752.1)
733.3

(18.8)
(0.2)

(19.0)
(3.7)

(22.7)

–
(22.7)

(22.7)

Total

2006
£m

(7.6)
(0.4)
(35.3)
37.7

(5.6)

Total

2006
£m

(7.6)
(0.4)

(8.0)

(35.3)
37.7
(5.6)

90

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

5 Pensions and other post–retirement benefits continued
The amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense (SORIE) are as follows:

Actuarial gains and losses on liabilities:
– Experience gains and losses
– Changes in assumptions
Actuarial gains and losses on assets:
– Experience gains and losses
Reversal of irrecoverable surplus

United Kingdom

2007
£m

(0.2)
30.8

(1.5)
–

29.1

2006
£m

8.8
(6.2)

1.6
–

4.2

2007
£m

0.3
(0.1)

2.8
–

3.0

Overseas

2006
£m

(0.2)
(0.9)

2.2
–

1.1

Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet net asset (liability):

At 1 January
Businesses acquired
Amount recognised in the income statement
Contributions by employer
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in SORIE

At 31 December
Irrecoverable surplus

Revised value at 31 December

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
£m

(21.0)
(0.9)
(1.7)
21.0
29.1

26.5
–

26.5

2006
£m

(66.0)
–
(4.1)
44.9
4.2

(21.0)
–

(21.0)

2007
£m

(1.5)
–
(1.0)
1.8
3.0

2.3
(0.3)

2.0

2006
£m

(3.1)
–
(1.5)
2.0
1.1

(1.5)
(0.2)

(1.7)

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

At 1 January
Businesses acquired
Current service cost
Past service cost
Interest expense on plan liabilities
Actuarial gains and losses:
– Experience gains and losses
– Changes in assumptions
Contributions by employees
Benefits paid
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
£m

(727.5)
(36.2)
(5.5)
(0.1)
(38.0)

(0.2)
30.8
(1.9)
37.6
–

2006
£m

(719.9)
–
(5.8)
(0.4)
(34.0)

8.8
(6.2)
(2.1)
32.1
–

2007
£m

(28.3)
–
(1.8)
–
(1.1)

0.3
(0.1)
(0.1)
1.9
(0.3)

2006
£m

(28.7)
–
(1.8)
–
(1.3)

(0.2)
(0.9)
(0.1)
1.6
3.1

2007
£m

0.1
30.7

1.3
–

32.1

2007
£m

(22.5)
(0.9)
(2.7)
22.8
32.1

28.8
(0.3)

28.5

2007
£m

(755.8)
(36.2)
(7.3)
(0.1)
(39.1)

0.1
30.7
(2.0)
39.5
(0.3)

Total

2006
£m

8.6
(7.1)

3.8
–

5.3

Total

2006
£m

(69.1)
–
(5.6)
46.9
5.3

(22.5)
(0.2)

(22.7)

Total

2006
£m

(748.6)
–
(7.6)
(0.4)
(35.3)

8.6
(7.1)
(2.2)
33.7
3.1

At 31 December

(741.0)

(727.5)

(29.5)

(28.3)

(770.5)

(755.8)

www.inchcape.com

91

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

5 Pensions and other post–retirement benefits continued
Changes in the fair value of the defined benefit asset are as follows:

At 1 January
Businesses acquired
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial gains and losses:
– Experience gains and losses
Contributions by employer
Contributions by employees
Benefits paid
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December
Irrecoverable surplus

Revised value at 31 December

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
£m

706.5
35.3
41.9

(1.5)
21.0
1.9
(37.6)
–

767.5
–

767.5

2006
£m

653.9
–
36.1

1.6
44.9
2.1
(32.1)
–

706.5
–

706.5

2007
£m

26.8
–
1.9

2.8
1.8
0.1
(1.9)
0.3

31.8
(0.3)

31.5

2006
£m

25.6
–
1.6

2.2
2.0
0.1
(1.6)
(3.1)

26.8
(0.2)

26.6

At the balance sheet date, the percentage of the plan assets by category had been invested as follows:

Equities
Corporate bonds
Government bonds
Other

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
%

35.0
24.5
29.3
11.2

2006
%

31.8
20.8
36.9
10.5

2007
%

65.2
17.8
–
17.0

2006
%

65.1
22.3
–
12.6

2007
£m

733.3
35.3
43.8

1.3
22.8
2.0
(39.5)
0.3

799.3
(0.3)

799.0

2007
%

36.3
24.2
28.1
11.4

Total

2006
£m

679.5
–
37.7

3.8
46.9
2.2
(33.7)
(3.1)

733.3
(0.2)

733.1

Total

2006
%

32.9
20.9
35.6
10.6

The history of the plans for the current and previous years is as follows:

United Kingdom

Overseas

2007
£m

2006
£m

2005
£m

2004
£m

2007
£m

2006
£m

2005
£m

2004
£m

2007
£m

2006
£m

2005
£m

Total

2004
£m

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

Present value of defined
benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

Surplus/deficit
Irrecoverable surplus

Revised surplus deficit

Experience adjustments
on plan liabilities

Experience adjustments
on plan assets

(741.0) (727.5) (719.9) (622.2)
767.5
592.7

706.5

653.9

(29.5)
31.8

(28.3)
26.8

(28.7)
25.6

(25.4) (770.5) (755.8) (748.6) (647.6)
613.2
733.3
20.5

799.3

679.5

26.5
–

26.5

(21.0)
–

(66.0)
–

(29.5)
(24.3)

2.3
(0.3)

(21.0)

(66.0)

(53.8)

2.0

(1.5)
(0.2)

(1.7)

(3.1)
(0.3)

(3.4)

(4.9)
(0.2)

(5.1)

28.8
(0.3)

(22.5)
(0.2)

(69.1)
(0.3)

(34.4)
(24.5)

28.5

(22.7)

(69.4)

(58.9)

(0.2)

8.8

0.3

(0.2)

0.3

(0.2)

0.1

(0.5)

0.1

8.6

0.4

(0.7)

(1.5)

1.6

45.7

6.8

2.8

2.2

0.4

1.1

1.3

3.8

46.1

7.9

The cumulative actuarial gains and losses arising since 1 January 2004 recognised in shareholders' equity amounted to a £12.1m gain
at 31 December 2007 (2006 – £20.0m loss).

The Group has agreed to pay c. £13m to its defined benefit plans in 2008.

92

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

6 Finance income

Bank interest receivable
Expected return on post–retirement plan assets
Other interest receivable

Total finance income

7 Finance costs

Bank interest payable
Private Placement interest payable
Fair value loss on cross currency interest rate swaps
Fair value adjustment on Private Placement
Stock holding interest
Interest expense on post–retirement plan liabilities
Other interest payable

Total finance costs

8 Tax

Current tax:
– UK corporation tax
– Double tax relief

Overseas tax

Adjustments to prior year liabilities:
– UK
– Overseas

Current tax
Deferred tax (note 16)

Tax before exceptional tax
Exceptional tax (note 2)

Total tax charge

2007
£m

11.6
43.8
1.9

57.3

2007
£m

8.9
11.3
(8.0)
8.3
18.2
39.1
12.9

90.7

2007
£m

36.9
(30.1)

6.8
54.6

61.4

2.1
(0.9)

62.6
(4.7)

57.9
–

57.9

2006
£m

8.8
37.7
2.5

49.0

2006
£m

3.8
–
–
–
11.2
35.3
4.6

54.9

2006
£m

18.1
(11.2)

6.9
49.4

56.3

(1.4)
(1.8)

53.1
(8.0)

45.1
(8.0)

37.1

The tax charge for the year includes £nil in respect of exceptional items (2006 – £8.0m).

The effective tax rate for the year of 24.6% (24.1% after exceptional items) (2006 – 21.1%) is higher than the standard rate of tax of 21.4%
(2006 – 24.5%) as explained below.The standard rate comprises the average statutory rates across the Group, weighted in proportion to
accounting profits.

www.inchcape.com

93

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

8 Tax continued

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by the standard rate of tax of 21.4% (2006 – 24.5%)
Effects of:
– Permanently disallowable items
– Unrelieved losses
– Prior year items
– Other items
– Tax on share of profit of joint ventures and associates
– Exceptional tax credit

Total tax charge

2007
£m

240.0

51.4

4.6
1.8
(3.7)
4.6
(0.8)
–

57.9

2006
£m

213.9

52.4

3.2
1.0
(8.6)
(1.5)
(1.4)
(8.0)

37.1

The subsidiaries Headline tax rate, defined as tax on profit before exceptional items and excluding the Group's share of profit after tax of
joint ventures and associates, for the year is 25.0% (2006 – 21.7%).

9 Earnings per share

Profit for the year
Minority interests

Basic earnings
Exceptional items

Headline earnings

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Basic Headline earnings per share
Diluted Headline earnings per share

Weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares in issue during the year
Weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares in issue during the year:
– Held by the ESOP Trust
– Repurchased as part of the share buy back programme

Weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares for the purposes of basic EPS
Dilutive effect of potential ordinary shares

Adjusted weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares
in issue during the year for the purposes of diluted EPS

2007
£m

182.1
(5.7)

176.4
(4.9)

171.5

38.0p
37.8p
37.0p
36.8p

2006
£m

176.8
(2.9)

173.9
(8.0)

165.9

37.5p
37.1p
35.7p
35.4p

2007
number

2006
number

484,498,889 481,212,798

(1,760,001)

(2,127,884)
(18,625,305) (15,031,175)

464,113,583 464,053,739
4,076,256

2,285,346

466,398,929 468,129,995

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the basic earnings for the year by the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary
shares in issue during the year, less those shares held by the ESOP Trust and those repurchased as part of the share buy back programme.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated on the same basis as the basic earnings per share with a further adjustment to the weighted
average number of fully paid ordinary shares to reflect the effect of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Dilutive potential ordinary shares
comprise share options and deferred bonus plan awards.

Headline earnings (which excludes exceptional items) is adopted to assist the reader in understanding the underlying performance of
the Group. Headline earnings per share is calculated by dividing the Headline earnings for the year by the weighted average number of
fully paid ordinary shares in issue during the year, less those shares held by the ESOP Trust and those repurchased as part of the share buy
back programme.

Diluted Headline earnings per share is calculated on the same basis as the basic Headline earnings per share with a further adjustment
to the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares to reflect the effect of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Dilutive potential
ordinary shares comprise share options and deferred bonus plan awards.

94

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

10 Dividends
The following dividends were paid by the Group:

Interim dividend for the six months ended 30 June 2007 of 5.25p per share (2006 – 5.0p per share)
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2006 of 10.0p per share (2005 – 6.3p per share)

2007
£m

24.5
46.6

71.1

2006
£m

23.0
29.6

52.6

The final proposed dividend for the year ended 31 December 2007 of 10.5p per share (£48.5m) is subject to approval by shareholders at
the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability as at 31 December 2007.The record date for the final dividend is
23 May 2008, and the payment date 17 June 2008.

Dividends paid above exclude £3.0m (2006 – £1.9m) payable on treasury shares and shares held by the ESOP Trust.

11 Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2006
Businesses acquired
Additions
Disposals
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 1 January 2007
Businesses acquired
Additions
Disposals
Reclassified to disposal group (note 19)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2006
Amortisation charge for the year
Disposals
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 1 January 2007
Amortisation charge for the year
Disposals
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Net book value at 31 December 2007

Net book value at 31 December 2006

Goodwill
£m

Other
intangible
assets
£m

93.6
–
79.3
(0.1)
(1.4)

171.4
–
256.8
(34.1)
(11.1)
7.9

390.9

(30.1)
–
–
–

(30.1)
–
28.9
(0.1)

(1.3)

389.6

141.3

26.9
1.6
3.1
(0.3)
(0.4)

30.9
4.1
8.1
(6.6)
–
1.4

37.9

(20.9)
(4.0)
0.3
0.3

(24.3)
(6.5)
5.1
(1.3)

(27.0)

10.9

6.6

Total
£m

120.5
1.6
82.4
(0.4)
(1.8)

202.3
4.1
264.9
(40.7)
(11.1)
9.3

428.8

(51.0)
(4.0)
0.3
0.3

(54.4)
(6.5)
34.0
(1.4)

(28.3)

400.5

147.9

www.inchcape.com

95

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

11 Intangible assets continued
a. Goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that
business combination.The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

UK Retail
Singapore
Russia
Latvia
Other

2007
£m

265.4
14.1
39.5
38.9
31.7

389.6

2006
£m

90.5
13.5
26.1
0.5
10.7

141.3

Goodwill additions in 2007 arise mainly from the acquisition of EMH in the UK, Baltic Motors in Latvia and 000 Concord and 000
Orgtekhstroy in Russia.

Goodwill is subject to impairment testing annually, or more frequently where there are indications that the goodwill may be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value in use calculations.The key assumptions for the value in use
calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates, expected changes to costs and selling prices during the period and
the continuing relationship with key brand partners. Management estimates discount rates using the weighted average cost of capital
of the Group, adjusted for any risks specific to the CGUs. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and
expectations of future changes in the market.

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial plans approved by management for the next three years.
Cash flows beyond this period are extrapolated based on estimated growth rates that do not exceed the long term growth rate for the
relevant market.

UK Retail
UK Retail CGUs are defined as contiguous territories by brand. Forecast cash flows for UK Retail, discounted at a pre–tax rate of 11.5%, are
based on growth rates generally in excess of 4.5% for the first three years, and thereafter are based on the long term growth rate of the
local economy of 2.5%.

Singapore
In Singapore, forecast cash flows reflect the anticipated softening of the vehicle market driven by changes in quota sizes and fiscal
incentives.The cash flows, discounted at a pre–tax rate of 11.5%, are still however substantially in excess of the carrying amount of the
assets of the business.The long term growth rate applied is based upon the long term growth rate of the local economy of 2.0%.

Russia
The goodwill on operations acquired in Russia in December 2006 and 2007 are supported by the forecast cash flow model prepared
by management to calculate the purchase price. Forecast cash flows were discounted at a pre–tax rate of 14.0%.The growth rate in
the first three years on the Toyota and Lexus businesses is assumed to be 18.0%,and the long term growth rate is based upon the long
term growth rate of the local economy of 3.3%.The goodwill on businesses acquired in December 2007 is supported by the acquisition
cash flow model.

Latvia
The operations in Latvia were acquired in July 2007.The goodwill is supported by the forecast cash flows prepared by management to
calculate the purchase price. Forecast cash flows were discounted at a pre–tax rate of 14.0%.The market growth rate in the first three
years is assumed to be 11.0%,and the long term growth rate is based upon the long term growth rate of the local economy of 5.0%.
Management expect to outperform the market.

b. Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets principally comprise computer software.The amortisation charge is largely included within administrative
expenses in the income statement.

Other intangible assets also include customer contracts and back orders recognised on the acquisition of a business.These intangible
assets are recognised at the fair value attributable to them on acquisition, and are amortised on a straight line basis over their useful life
(usually up to one year).

96

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

12 Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land
and freehold and
leasehold buildings
£m

Plant,
machinery and
equipment
£m

Vehicles subject
to residual value
commitments
£m

Subtotal
£m

Cost
At 1 January 2006
Businesses acquired
Businesses sold
Additions
Disposals
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 1 January 2007
Businesses acquired
Businesses sold
Additions
Disposals
Reclassified and reported within
disposal group/assets held for sale (note 19)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Depreciation
At 1 January 2006
Businesses sold
Depreciation charge for the year
Disposals
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 1 January 2007
Businesses sold
Depreciation charge for the year
Disposals
Reclassified and reported within
disposal group/assets held for sale (note 19)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Net book value at 31 December 2007

Net book value at 31 December 2006

266.7
63.7
(1.1)
23.0
(6.2)
(7.4)

338.7
119.2
(24.6)
37.2
(31.2)

(57.5)
9.7

391.5

(32.5)
0.6
(6.1)
0.8
1.3

(35.9)
3.9
(7.7)
2.8

6.4
(0.5)

(31.0)

360.5

302.8

150.5
4.7
(4.9)
27.7
(13.0)
(6.3)

158.7
9.1
(18.9)
34.8
(25.9)

(11.7)
6.4

152.5

(93.1)
3.0
(17.2)
7.6
4.1

(95.6)
9.9
(19.5)
16.0

9.1
(3.5)

(83.6)

68.9

63.1

417.2
68.4
(6.0)
50.7
(19.2)
(13.7)

497.4
128.3
(43.5)
72.0
(57.1)

(69.2)
16.1

544.0

(125.6)
3.6
(23.3)
8.4
5.4

(131.5)
13.8
(27.2)
18.8

15.5
(4.0)

(114.6)

429.4

365.9

79.9
–
–
36.5
(35.3)
(0.7)

80.4
7.1
–
47.2
(27.0)

–
5.7

113.4

(24.8)
–
(14.1)
19.5
0.1

(19.3)
–
(12.5)
9.4

–
(1.1)

(23.5)

89.9

61.1

Total
£m

497.1
68.4
(6.0)
87.2
(54.5)
(14.4)

577.8
135.4
(43.5)
119.2
(84.1)

(69.2)
21.8

657.4

(150.4)
3.6
(37.4)
27.9
5.5

(150.8)
13.8
(39.7)
28.2

15.5
(5.1)

(138.1)

519.3

427.0

Certain subsidiaries have an obligation to repurchase, at a guaranteed residual value, vehicles which have been legally sold for leasing
contracts.These assets are included in Vehicles subject to residual value commitments in the table above.

Assets held under finance leases have the following net book values:

Leasehold buildings
Plant, machinery and equipment

2007
£m

0.4
2.0

2.4

2006
£m

4.9
0.5

5.4

www.inchcape.com

97

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

12 Property, plant and equipment continued
The book value of land and buildings is analysed between:

Freehold
Leasehold with over fifty years unexpired
Short leasehold

13 Investments in joint ventures and associates

At 1 January
Additions
Disposals
Share of profit after tax of joint ventures and associates
Dividends paid
Transfer to Assets held for sale (note 19)
Other movements
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December

Group's share of net assets of joint ventures and associates

Joint ventures

Associates

Non–current assets
Current assets

Group's share of gross assets

Current liabilities
Non–current liabilities

Group's share of gross liabilities

Group's share of net assets

Group's share of results of joint ventures and associates
Revenue
Expenses

Profit before tax
Tax

Share of profit after tax of joint ventures and associates

2007
£m

98.5
117.7

216.2

(87.9)
(119.4)

(207.3)

8.9

9.9
(7.5)

2.4
(0.3)

2.1

2006
£m

81.9
97.7

179.6

(80.7)
(89.1)

(169.8)

9.8

26.1
(20.0)

6.1
(1.1)

5.0

2007
£m

5.4
44.0

49.4

(30.0)
(13.0)

(43.0)

6.4

3.5
(1.6)

1.9
(0.5)

1.4

2006
£m

11.2
34.3

45.5

(31.7)
(8.5)

(40.2)

5.3

4.5
(3.3)

1.2
(0.3)

0.9

Guarantees provided in respect of joint ventures and associates borrowings amount to £7.2m (2006 – £7.9m).

2007
£m

318.3
12.1
30.1

360.5

2007
£m

15.1
0.1
(1.5)
3.5
(2.6)
–
0.4
0.3

15.3

2007
£m

103.9
161.7

265.6

(117.9)
(132.4)

(250.3)

15.3

13.4
(9.1)

4.3
(0.8)

3.5

2006
£m

255.6
15.4
31.8

302.8

2006
£m

44.7
0.6
–
5.9
(0.4)
(30.8)
(0.3)
(4.6)

15.1

Total

2006
£m

93.1
132.0

225.1

(112.4)
(97.6)

(210.0)

15.1

30.6
(23.3)

7.3
(1.4)

5.9

98

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

14 Available for sale financial assets

At 1 January
Additions
Disposals
Reclassified and reported as a subsidiary due to increased shareholding (note 27)
Fair value movement transferred to shareholders' equity
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December

Analysed as:

Non–current
Current

Assets held are analysed as follows:

Equity securities
Bonds
Other

2007
£m

65.0
1.4
(1.4)
(49.2)
(0.2)
1.1

16.7

2007
£m

15.6
1.1

16.7

2007
£m

0.5
14.3
1.9

16.7

2006
£m

17.4
53.0
(3.1)
–
(1.9)
(0.4)

65.0

2006
£m

12.2
52.8

65.0

2006
£m

49.9
13.6
1.5

65.0

Equity securities in 2006 comprised principally the Group's investment in the share capital of European Motor Holdings plc.The Group
obtained control of this business on 29 January 2007, from which date the results were consolidated as a subsidiary.

At 31 December 2007 the bonds attracted a weighted average fixed interest rate of 4.5% (2006 – 4.9%) and had a face value of £14.3m
(2006 – £13.6m).The bonds are traded on active markets with coupons generally paid on an annual basis.

Other, includes debentures that are not subject to interest rates and do not have fixed maturity dates.They are valued by reference to
traded market values.

Available for sale financial assets subject to fixed interest rates are aged by maturity date as follows:

2007

2006

Less than
one year
£m

0.4

1.4

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between
two and
three years
£m

Between
three and
four years
£m

Between
four and
five years
£m

1.4

0.4

0.3

1.3

1.3

0.3

–

1.2

Greater
than five
years
£m

10.9

9.0

Total
interest
bearing
£m

14.3

13.6

In certain jurisdictions management are required to hold bonds to offset future vehicle warranty obligations.To meet this requirement,
management purchases and sells bonds regularly and does not usually hold the bonds to maturity.Accordingly, the maturity profile of
the bonds is not necessarily an indication of when management intends to realise the associated future cash flows.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the bonds classified as available for sale.These are
government bonds with an A1 credit rating.

www.inchcape.com

99

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

15 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

Net trade receivables
Amounts receivable from related parties
Prepayments and accrued income
Other receivables

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:

At 1 January
Businesses acquired
Businesses sold
Charge for the year
Amounts written off
Unused amounts reversed
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December

At 31 December, the analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

2007
£m

150.3
(4.6)

145.7
4.7
67.1
45.1

262.6

Current

2006
£m

120.6
(4.2)

116.4
5.3
54.3
35.4

211.4

Non–current

2006
£m

–
–

–
4.3
0.2
18.7

23.2

2006
£m

(4.7)
–
–
(1.0)
0.3
1.2
–

(4.2)

2007
£m

0.6
(0.6)

–
4.2
7.4
12.6

24.2

2007
£m

(4.2)
(0.1)
0.7
(2.2)
0.3
0.6
(0.3)

(5.2)

2007

2006

Neither
past due
Total nor impaired

£m

150.9

120.6

£m

116.4

93.0

Past due but not impaired

Impaired

0 < 30
days
£m

17.3

15.5

30 – 90
days
£m

5.7

4.3

> 90
days
£m

6.3

3.6

£m

5.2

4.2

Trade receivables are non–interest bearing and are generally on credit terms of thirty to sixty days.

Management considers the carrying amount of Trade and other receivables to approximate to their fair value. Long term receivables
have been discounted where the time value of money is considered to be material.

Concentration of credit risk with respect to Trade receivables is very limited due to the Group's broad customer base across a number of
geographic regions.

16 Deferred tax

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

At 1 January 2007
Businesses acquired / sold
Credited (charged) to the income statement
Credited to shareholders' equity (note 25a)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Pension and
other post–
retirement
benefits
£m

5.8
–
(2.5)
(10.7)
–

(7.4)

Share–based
payments
£m

Tax losses
£m

Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m

Provisions and

other timing Cash flow
hedges
£m

differences
£m

5.7
–
(1.9)
(3.0)
–

0.8

1.0
–
5.7
–
–

6.7

5.9
–
(1.9)
–
–

4.0

(1.2)
(14.3)
3.1
–
0.8

(11.6)

8.7
–
2.2
(11.7)
–

(0.8)

Total
£m

25.9
(14.3)
4.7
(25.4)
0.8

(8.3)

100

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

16 Deferred tax continued
Analysed as:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

2007
£m

10.2
(18.5)

(8.3)

2006
£m

40.6
(14.7)

25.9

The Group has an unrecognised deferred tax asset of £18m (2006 – £19m) relating to tax relief on trading losses.The asset represents
£83m of losses at the standard blended rate of 21.4%.The asset is unprovided as £68m relates to losses which exist within legal entities
that are not forecast to generate taxable income with reasonable certainty in the foreseeable future, and £15m relates to losses in
companies which have closed or are anticipated to be closed.The deferred tax asset of £6.7m (2006 – £1.0m) relates to trading losses
in the UK where the losses may be converted into future tax allowances and other deductions.

The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets of £37m (2006 – £46m) relating to capital losses.The asset represents £173m of losses
at the standard blended rate of 21.4%.The key territories holding the losses are UK (£146m) and France (£27m).

A liability of £10.0m arose during the year on the acquisition of European Motor Holdings plc, which related to the requirement to fully
provide for deferred tax on buildings which do not attract capital allowances and which have been acquired as part of a business
combination.

No deferred tax is recognised on unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures.The Group controls and manages
the repatriation of the overseas reserves so that they are repatriated at no additional tax cost or alternatively maintains the profits in
the overseas territory where they are reinvested to generate future profits growth. If all overseas earnings were repatriated with immediate
effect, tax of £39m (2006 – £28m) would be payable.

Following the 2007 Finance Act, changes to the treatment of industrial buildings allowances and the reduction on the UK standard rate
of corporation tax from 30% to 28%, both of which are effective in 2008, we have had to re–assess our deferred tax position on our property
portfolio and on the way in which those assets have been acquired.As a result we will be required to recognise a £6m exceptional tax
charge in 2008.

17 Inventories

Raw materials and work in progress
Finished goods and merchandise

2007
£m

4.6
792.9

797.5

2006
£m

3.1
701.5

704.6

Vehicles held on consignment which are in substance assets of the Group amount to £118.3m (2006 – £69.6m).These have been
included in Finished goods and merchandise with the corresponding liability included within Trade and other payables. Payment
becomes due when title passes to the Group, which is generally the earlier of six months from delivery or the date of sale.

An amount of £21.3m (2006 – £23.5m) has been provided against the gross cost of inventory at the year end.The cost of inventories
recognised as an expense in the year is £4,277.7m (2006 – £3,711.3m).The write down of inventory to net realisable value recognised as
an expense during the year was £10.0m (2006 – £10.8m).All of these items have been included within Cost of sales in the income statement.

18 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand
Short term bank deposits

2007
£m

273.0
70.4

343.4

2006
£m

262.8
72.4

335.2

Cash and cash equivalents are generally subject to floating interest rates determined by reference to short term benchmark rates
applicable in the relevant currency or market (primarily LIBOR or the local equivalent).At 31 December 2007 the weighted average
floating rate was 4.8% (2006 – 4.25%).

At 31 December 2007, short term bank deposits have a weighted average period to maturity of 24 days (2006 – 17 days).

www.inchcape.com 101

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

19 Assets held for sale and disposal group

Assets directly associated with the disposal group
Assets held for sale

Assets held for sale and disposal group

Liabilities directly associated with the disposal group

The assets and liabilities in the disposal group comprise the folllowing:

Goodwill (note 11)
Property, plant and equipment (note 12)
Inventories
Trade and other receivables

Assets held for sale and disposal group

Trade and other payables

Liabilities directly associated with the disposal group

2007
£m

163.5
5.1

168.6

(78.6)

11.1
48.6
81.0
22.8

163.5

(78.6)

(78.6)

2006
£m

–
30.8

30.8

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

Following the Group's announcement of its intention to dispose of certain non core franchises in the UK, it is actively marketing these
with a view to sale during the year.The assets and liabilities of these businesses have therefore been disclosed on the balance sheet
as a disposal group in accordance with IFRS 5.

The assets held for sale in 2007 relate to surplus properties in Australia and Greece which are being actively marketed.The comparative
period comprises the Inchroy joint venture which was disposed of in February 2007.

20 Trade and other payables

Current

Non–current

Trade payables: payments received on account

other

Other taxation and social security payable
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts payable to related parties
Other payables

2007
£m

37.4
728.2
22.9
142.9
2.9
5.9

940.2

2006
£m

47.7
600.4
16.7
116.2
2.3
8.2

791.5

2007
£m

0.1
40.9
–
0.4
–
–

41.4

2006
£m

0.1
37.9
0.6
0.7
–
0.1

39.4

At 31 December 2007 current Trade payables – other includes £342.4m (2006 – £288.3m) of creditors where payment is made on
deferred terms and is subject to a weighted average floating interest rate of 4.8% (2006 – 3.6%).This balance is expected to be settled
within twelve months of the balance sheet date.

Management considers the carrying amount of Trade and other payables to approximate to their fair value. Long term payables have
been discounted where the time value of money is considered to be material.

102

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

21 Provisions

At 1 January 2007
Businesses acquired
Charged to the income statement
Released to the income statement
Effect of unwinding of discount factor
Utilised during the year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Analysed as:

Current
Non–current

Product
warranty
£m

Vacant
leasehold
£m

Litigation
£m

Other
£m

40.3
–
21.8
(3.8)
0.2
(15.5)
3.3

46.3

5.4
1.8
2.3
(1.1)
0.1
(1.4)
–

7.1

7.2
–
7.2
(0.8)
–
(0.3)
0.4

13.7

3.3
0.6
2.1
(1.9)
–
(0.7)
0.2

3.6

2007
£m

31.3
39.4

70.7

Total
£m

56.2
2.4
33.4
(7.6)
0.3
(17.9)
3.9

70.7

2006
£m

20.7
35.5

56.2

Product warranty
Certain Group companies provide self–insured extended warranties beyond those provided by the manufacturer, as part of the sale of
the vehicle.These are not separable products.The warranty periods covered are up to six years and/or specific mileage limits. Provision
is made for the expected cost of labour and parts based on historical claims experience and expected future trends.These assumptions
are reviewed regularly.

Vacant leasehold
The Group is committed to certain leasehold premises for which it no longer has a commercial use.These are principally located in
the UK. Provision has been made to the extent of the estimated future net cost.This includes taking into account existing subtenant
arrangements.The expected utilisation period of these provisions is generally over the next ten years.

Litigation
This includes a number of litigation provisions in respect of the exit of certain motors and non–motors businesses. Specifically these relate
to the exit of our former South American bottling business and shipping business.The cases are largely historic claims and are generally
expected to be concluded within the next three years.

Other
This category includes a number of other provisions which are expected to be settled within the next three years.

www.inchcape.com 103

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

22 Borrowings

2007

Current
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Other loans
Finance leases

Non–current
Bank loans
Private Placement
Finance leases

Total borrowings

2006

Current
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Finance leases

Non–current
Bank loans
Finance leases

Total borrowings

Floating rate

Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
%

6.4
6.5
4.7
6.2

6.3

6.3
6.3
6.4

6.3

6.3

Floating rate

Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
%

5.6
5.5
5.1

5.6

5.6
5.3

5.6

5.6

£m

144.8
4.4
5.1
0.2

154.5

119.1
247.1
3.2

369.4

523.9

£m

169.0
6.8
0.3

176.1

165.0
2.2

167.2

343.3

Fixed rate

Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
%

Total
interest
bearing
£m

On which
no interest
is paid
£m

–
–
–
7.0

7.0

–
6.0
7.0

6.0

6.0

144.8
4.4
5.1
0.3

154.6

119.1
284.8
5.7

409.6

564.2

–
0.7
–
–

0.7

–
–
–

–

0.7

Fixed rate

Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
%

Total
interest
bearing
£m

On which
no interest
is paid
£m

–
8.5
6.9

8.4

–
7.0

7.0

8.0

169.0
13.9
0.5

183.4

165.0
4.8

169.8

353.2

–
0.1
–

0.1

0.9
–

0.9

1.0

£m

–
–
–
0.1

0.1

–
37.7
2.5

40.2

40.3

£m

–
7.1
0.2

7.3

–
2.6

2.6

9.9

Total
£m

144.8
5.1
5.1
0.3

155.3

119.1
284.8
5.7

409.6

564.9

Total
£m

169.0
14.0
0.5

183.5

165.9
4.8

170.7

354.2

Interest payments on floating rate financial liabilities are determined by reference to short term benchmark rates applicable in the
relevant currency or market (primarily LIBOR or the local equivalent).

The fair values of the Group's borrowings are not considered to be materially different from their book value, with the exception of the
Private Placement which includes a £8.3m fair value revaluation.

As in 2006, the Group's borrowings are unsecured.

In April 2007, the Group increased and extended its syndicated credit facility.This facility now amounts to £500.0m and expires in 2011.
As at 31 December 2007, £80.0m had been drawn down under this facility. In addition, the Group has a £35.0m bilateral facility which
expires in 2010.

In addition, US$550.0m was raised in May 2007 in a Private Placement; US$350.0m is repayable in 10 years and US$200.0m in 12 years.
Of the total US$475.0m has been swapped into sterling (see note 23 for further details).

104

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

22 Borrowings continued

The table below sets out the maturity profile of the Group's borrowings that are exposed to interest rate risk.This analysis is presented
after taking account of the cross currency fixed to floating interest rate swap on US$475.0m of the Private Placement.

2007
Fixed rate

Private Placement
Finance leases

Floating rate

Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Private Placement
Other loans
Finance leases

2006
Fixed rate

Bank loans
Finance leases

Floating rate

Bank overdrafts
Bank loans
Finance leases

Less than
one year
£m

–
0.1

144.8
4.4
–
5.1
0.2

Less than
one year
£m

7.1
0.2

169.0
6.8
0.3

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between
two and
three years
£m

Between
three and
four years
£m

Between
four and
five years
£m

–
0.1

–
2.0
–
–
1.3

–
0.1

–
35.2
–
–
0.2

–
–

–
0.2
–
–
0.2

–
–

–
80.2
–
–
0.2

Greater
than five
years
£m

37.7
2.3

–
1.5
247.1
–
1.3

Between
one and
two years
£m

Between
two and
three years
£m

Between
three and
four years
£m

Between
four and
five years
£m

Greater
than five
years
£m

–
0.1

–
–
0.2

–
0.1

–
–
0.2

–
0.1

–
–
0.2

–
–

–
165.0
0.2

–
2.3

–
–
1.4

Total
interest
bearing
£m

37.7
2.6

144.8
123.5
247.1
5.1
3.4

Total
interest
bearing
£m

7.1
2.8

169.0
171.8
2.5

23 Financial instruments
The Group’s financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise bank loans and overdrafts, loan notes, finance leases and trade and
other payables.The main purpose of these instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations.The Group has various financial
assets such as trade receivables, cash and short term deposits which arise from its trading operations.

The Group’s primary derivative transactions are forward and swap currency contracts, and cross currency interest rate swaps.The purpose
is to manage the currency and interest rate risks arising from the Group’s trading operations and its sources of finance. Group policy is
that there is no trading or speculation in derivatives.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, currency risk, counterparty risk and liquidity risk.

a. Classes of financial instruments

2007

Financial assets
Available for sale financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Loans &
receivables
£m

Available
for sale
£m

Held at
fair value
£m

Amortised
cost
£m

Total
£m

16.7
235.4
12.9
343.4

608.4

–
–
12.9
–

12.9

–
–
–
343.4

343.4

–
(8.3)
(247.1)

(868.6)
–
(317.8)

(868.6)
(8.3)
(564.9)

(255.4)

(1,186.4)

(1,441.8)

–
235.4
–
–

235.4

–
–
–

–

16.7
–
–
–

16.7

–
–
–

–

235.4

16.7

(242.5)

(843.0)

(833.4)

www.inchcape.com 105

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

23 Financial instruments continued

2006

Financial assets
Available for sale financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Loans &
receivables
£m

Available
for sale
£m

Held at
fair value
£m

Amortised
cost
£m

–
165.5
–
–

165.5

–
–
–

–

65.0
–
–
–

65.0

–
–
–

–

165.5

65.0

Total
£m

65.0
165.5
0.6
335.2

566.3

–
–
0.6
–

0.6

–
–
–
335.2

335.2

–
(40.2)
–

(40.2)

(39.6)

(722.6)
–
(354.2)

(722.6)
(40.2)
(354.2)

(1,076.8)

(1,117.0)

(741.6)

(550.7)

b. Market risk and sensitivity analysis
Financial instruments affected by market risk include borrowings, deposits and derivative financial instruments.The Group is not exposed
to commodity price risk.The following analysis, required by IFRS 7, is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to changes in market variables,
being primarily UK interest rates and the Australian Dollar to Japanese Yen exchange rate.

The following assumptions were made in calculating the sensitivity analysis:

• Changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges from movements in interest rates are

assumed to be recorded fully in equity.

• Changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges from movements in interest rates have

an immaterial effect on the income statement and equity due to compensating adjustments in the carrying value of debt.

• Changes in the carrying value of financial instruments designated as net investment hedges from movements in the US Dollar to Sterling

exchange rate are recorded directly in equity.

• Changes in the carrying value of financial instruments not in hedging relationships only affect the income statement.

• All other changes in the carrying value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges are fully effective with no impact on the

income statement.

c. Interest rate risk and sensitivity analysis
The Group’s interest rate policy has the objective of minimising net interest expense, and protecting the Group from material adverse
movements in interest rates.Throughout 2007 the Group has borrowed at floating rates only, with the exception of US$75m of debt.This
approach reflects the continuing benign interest rate environment. If hedging is deemed appropriate by management in the future, the
Board has approved the fixing of up to 30% of gross borrowings. Instruments approved for this purpose include interest rate swaps, forward
rate agreements and options.The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates arises primarily from the floating rate
interest payable on the Group’s 10 and 12 year loan notes, bank borrowings and supplier related finance.

106

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

23 Financial instruments continued

Interest rate risk table
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant,
of the Group's profit before tax through the impact of floating rate borrowings.

2007
Sterling
Euro
Australian Dollar

2006
Sterling
Euro
Australian Dollar

Increase/
(decrease) in
basis points

Effect
on profit
before tax
£m

75
50
100

75
50
100

4.8
0.6
–

1.8
0.5
(0.1)

d. Foreign currency risk
The Group publishes its consolidated financial statements in Sterling and faces currency risk on the translation of its earnings and net
assets a significant proportion of which are in currencies other than Sterling.

Net investment hedging
Consideration is given to the currency mix of debt with the primary objective that interest on such borrowings acts as a hedge on
foreign currency earnings. In accordance with IAS 39 the Group designated US$75m of the Private Placement raised in May 2007 as
a hedge against dollar related assets in Hong Kong, Saipan and Guam. Under IAS 39 the hedge is documented and tested for hedge
effectiveness on an ongoing basis.

Transaction exposure hedging
The Group has transactional currency exposures, where sales or purchases by an operating unit are in currencies other than in that unit’s
reporting currency. For a significant proportion of the Group these exposures are removed as trading is denominated in the relevant local
currency. In particular local billing arrangements are in place for many of our businesses with our brand partners.The principal exception
is for our business in Australia which purchases vehicles in Japanese Yen.

In this instance, the Group seeks to hedge forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk using forward foreign currency
exchange contracts.The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the statement of recognised income and
expense to the extent it is effective and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction
affects the income statement. Under IAS 39 hedges are documented and tested for the hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis.
The Group expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the
income statement to be material.

Hedge of foreign currency debt
The Group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the forward foreign currency risk associated with US$475.0m of the US$550.0m
Private Placement issued in May 2007.The effective portion on the gain or loss of the hedge is recognised in the income statement at the
same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Under IAS 39 hedges are documented and tested for
hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis.The Group expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not
expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the income statement to be material.

www.inchcape.com 107

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

23 Financial instruments continued

Foreign currency risk table
The following table demontrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the Yen and US Dollar exchange rates, with all other
variables held constant, of the Group's equity (due to changes in the fair value of forward exchange contracts and net investment hedges).

2007
Yen
Yen
US Dollar

2006
Yen
Yen
US Dollar

Increase/
(decrease) in
exchange rate

Effect on
equity
£m

+10%
–10%
+/–10%

+10%
–10%
n/a

2.0
(2.6)
–

(0.7)
0.3
n/a

e. Credit risk
The amount due from counterparties arising from cash deposits and the use of financial instruments creates credit risk.The Group
monitors its credit exposure to its counterparties via their credit ratings (where applicable) and through its policy of limiting its exposure
to any one party to ensure that they are within board approved limits and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk.

Group policy is to deposit cash and use financial instruments with counterparties with a long term credit rating of A or better, where
available.The notional amounts of financial instruments used in interest rate and foreign exchange management do not represent the
credit risk arising through the use of these instruments.The immediate credit risk of these instruments is generally estimated by the fair
value of contracts with a positive value.The maximum exposure to credit risk for receivables and other financial assets is represented by
their carrying amount.

Credit limits and appropriate limits are reviewed regularly.

The table below shows the credit limit and balance of the three major counterparties at the balance sheet date.

Counterparty

HSBC Bank Australia
Overseas Chinese Banking Corp
United Overseas Bank
Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corp
Svenska Handelsbanken

2007
£m Credit Rating

2006
£m Credit Rating

19
–
–
21
30

A–1+
–
–
A–1+
A–1+

38
14
13
–
–

A–1+
A–1
A–1
–
–

No credit limits were exceeded during the reporting period and management does not expect any losses from non–performance by
these counterparties.

At 31 December 2007, £70m of cash balances were held with three counterparties.Total cash balances of £343m include cash in the
Group's regional pooling arrangements which is offset against borrowings for interest purposes. Balance sheet netting of cash and
overdraft balances only occurs to the extent that there is the legal ability and intention to settle net.As such, overdrafts are presented
in current liabilities to the extent that there is no intention to offset with the cash balance.

Concentration of credit risk with respect to Trade receivables is very limited due to the Group's broad customer base.Trade receivables
include amounts due from a number of finance houses in respect of vehicles sold to customers on finance arranged through the Group.
An independent credit rating agency is used to assess the credit standing of each finance house. Limits for the maximum outstanding
with each finance house are set accordingly.Title to the vehicles sold on finance resides with the Group until cleared funds are received
from the finance house in respect of a given vehicle.

108

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

23 Financial instruments continued

f. Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an
adequate amount of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying
businesses, Group Treasury aims to maintain flexibility in funding by keeping committed credit lines available.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group's financial assets and liabilities at 31 December 2007 based on contractual
undiscounted cash flows.

2007

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available for sale financial assets
Derivative financial instruments

Financial liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments

Net outflows

2006

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Available for sale financial assets
Derivative financial instruments

Financial liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments

Less than Between 3 to
12 months
3 months
£m
£m

Between More than 5
years
£m

1 to 5 years
£m

343.4
219.9
1.0
188.0

752.3

(147.3)
(670.1)
(201.0)

(1,018.4)

–
10.0
0.2
345.3

355.5

(27.3)
(177.0)
(362.4)

(566.7)

–
5.2
3.0
109.1

117.3

(175.3)
(21.5)
(122.6)

(319.4)

Total
£m

343.4
235.5
16.7
957.5

1,553.1

–
0.4
12.5
315.1

328.0

(372.0)
–
(332.2)

(721.9)
(868.6)
(1,018.2)

(704.2)

(2,608.7)

(266.1)

(211.2)

(202.1)

(376.2)

(1,055.6)

Less than 3 Between 3 to
12 months
£m

months
£m

Between More than 5
years
£m

1 to 5 years
£m

335.2
150.0
49.2
209.0

743.4

(177.9)
(690.5)
(221.0)

(1,089.4)

–
7.5
2.1
284.0

293.6

(15.1)
(12.7)
(320.0)

(347.8)

–
7.6
3.2
77.0

87.8

(209.0)
(19.4)
(85.6)

(314.0)

–
0.4
10.4
–

10.8

(3.8)
–
–

(3.8)

Total
£m

335.2
165.5
64.9
570.0

1,135.6

(405.8)
(722.6)
(626.6)

(1,755.0)

Net (outflows) inflows

(346.0)

(54.2)

(226.2)

7.0

(619.4)

g. Hedging activities
The Group's derivative financial instruments comprise the following:

Cross currency interest rate swap
Forward foreign exchange contracts

2007
£m

8.0
4.9

12.9

Assets

2006
£m

–
0.6

0.6

2007
£m

–
8.3

8.3

Liabilities

2006
£m

–
40.2

40.2

The ineffective portion recognised in the income statement that arises from fair value hedges amounts to a loss of £0.3m (2006 – £nil).
The ineffective portion recognised in the income statement that arises from cash flow hedges amounts to a gain of £0.5m (2006 – loss
of £0.2m).There was no ineffectiveness to be recorded from hedges of net investments.

www.inchcape.com 109

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

23 Financial instruments continued
Cash flow hedges
The Group principally uses forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge purchases in a non–functional currency against movements
in exchange rates.The cash flows relating to these contracts are generally expected to occur within eighteen months of the balance
sheet date.

The nominal principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts relating to transactional exposures at
31 December 2007 are £599.9m (2006 – £629.4m).

Net fair value gains and losses recognised in the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity (note 25) on forward foreign exchange
contracts as at 31 December 2007 are expected to be released to the income statement within eighteen months of the balance
sheet date.

Derivative financial instruments are carried at their fair values.The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange
swaps represents the difference between the value of the outstanding contracts at their contracted rates and a valuation calculated
using the spot rates of exchange prevailing at 31 December 2007.

Fair value hedge
At 31 December 2007 the Group had in place four cross currency interest rate swaps totalling US$475m which hedge changes in the fair
value of the Group’s 10 and 12 year loan notes. Under these swaps the Group receives fixed rate US dollar interest of 5.94% on US$275m
and 6.04% on US$200m and pays LIBOR +85bps and LIBOR +90bps for the 10 and 12 year notes respectively.The loan notes and cross
currency interest rate swaps have the same critical terms.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
Included in borrowings at 31 December 2007 was a borrowing of US$75m, which has been designated as a hedge of the net investments
in the Hong Kong, Saipan and Guam and is being used to hedge the Group's exposure to foreign exchange risk on these investments.
Gains or losses on the retranslation of this borrowing are transferred to equity to offset any gains or losses on translation of net investments
in the subsidiaries.

h. Capital management
The primary objective of the Group's capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios
in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions.To maintain or adjust
the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares.
During 2007 4,535,000 shares were bought for treasury by the Company (2006 – 7,792,578 shares).

The Group monitors group leverage by reference to three tests; interest cover, the ratio of net debt to EBITDA and the ratio of net debt to
market capitalisation.

Interest cover (times)*
Net debt to EBITDA (times) **
Net debt / market capitalisation (percentage) ***

* Calculated as EBIT / Interest
** Calculated as net debt / Earnings before exceptional items, interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
*** Calculated as net debt / market capitalisation as at 31 December

2007

8.0
0.7
12.0%

2006

37.3
0.1
0.78%

110

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

24 Share capital
a.Authorised

Ordinary share capital (25.0p per share)

b.Allotted, called up and fully paid up

Ordinary shares of 25.0p each
At 1 January
Allotted under share option schemes

At 31 December

Number of shares

Ordinary share capital

2007
Number

2006
Number

786,000,000 786,000,000

2007
£m

196.5

2006
£m

196.5

Number of shares

Ordinary share capital

2007
Number

2006
Number

482,298,983 480,216,708
2,082,275

3,889,994

486,188,977 482,298,983

2007
£m

120.6
1.0

121.6

2006
£m

120.1
0.5

120.6

c. Share buy back programme
During the year, the Group repurchased 4,535,000 (2006 – 7,792,578) of its own shares through purchases on the London Stock
Exchange.The total consideration paid was £18.5m (2006 – £34.0m) and this has been deducted from the Retained earnings reserve
(note 25).The shares repurchased during the year equate to 0.9% (2006 – 1.6%) of the issued share capital.The shares are held as
treasury shares and may either be cancelled or used to satisfy share options at a later date.

d. Substantial shareholdings
Details of substantial interests in the Company's issued ordinary share capital received by the Company at 25 February 2008 under
the provisions of the Companies Act 1985 have been disclosed in the substantial shareholdings section of the Directors' report.

www.inchcape.com 111

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

24 Share capital continued
e. Share options
At 31 December 2007, options to acquire ordinary shares of 25.0p each in the Company up to the following numbers under the schemes
below were outstanding as follows:

Option
price

222.6p
274.1p
282.5p
345.3p
368.0p
441.0p
383.0p

Number of
ordinary shares
at 25.0p each

Exercisable
until

Option
price

Number of
ordinary shares
of 25.0p each

Exercisable
until

The Inchcape SAYE Share Option Scheme
– approved
25,680
287,458
217,968
320,784
275,569
305,299
811,396

1 May 2008
1 December 2008
1 May 2009
1 December 2009
1 May 2010
1 December 2010
1 May 2011

The Inchcape 1999 Share Option Plan
– approved (Part II – UK)
8,748
11,808
29,244
164,544
50,154
213,864
39,072
260,634
6,772
13,128
230,370

17 March 2012
19 March 2013
31 August 2013
20 May 2014
29 September 2014
6 March 2015
11 September 2015
29 March 2016
21 May 2016
10 August 2016
12 April 2017

– unapproved (Part I – UK)
17,514
12,750
14,616
220,302
11,568
576,778
368,712
1,162,564
340,857
29,539
1,486,931

17 March 2012
19 March 2013
31 August 2013
20 May 2014
29 September 2014
6 March 2015
11 September 2015
29 March 2016
21 May 2016
10 August 2016
12 April 2017

– unapproved overseas (Part I – Overseas)
15,462
31,680
85,932
74,412
157,584
741,222
824,526
651,456
744,378
30,060

7 September 2009
9 August 2010
21 March 2011
17 March 2012
19 March 2013
20 May 2014
6 March 2015
29 March 2016
12 April 2017
18 December 2017

114.1p
127.0p
205.1p
262.0p
259.1p
342.6p
358.0p
445.3p
443.0p
457.0p
577.0p

114.1p
127.0p
205.1p
262.0p
259.1p
342.6p
358.0p
445.3p
443.0p
457.0p
577.0p

64.6p
47.3p
64.0p
114.1p
127.0p
262.0p
342.6p
445.3p
577.0p
369.0p

Included within the Retained earnings reserve are 1,718,329 (2006 – 1,715,739) own ordinary shares held by the ESOP Trust, a general
discretionary trust whose beneficiaries include current and former employees of the Group and their dependants.The book value of
these shares at 31 December 2007 was £6.8m (2006 – £5.4m).The market value of these shares at 31 December 2007 was £6.5m and
at 25 February 2008 was £6.8m (31 December 2006 – £8.7m, 5 March 2007 – £8.7m).

112

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

25 Reserves
a. Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Share
capital
£m

Capital
Share redemption
reserve
£m

premium
£m

Other
reserves
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Equity
attributable
to equity

Total
holders of Minority shareholders'
equity
interest
the parent
£m
£m
£m

At 1 January 2006

120.1

112.5

16.4

13.1

319.6

581.7

9.5

591.2

Total recognised income

and expense for the year

Share–based payments charge
Net purchase of own shares by ESOP Trust
Share buy back programme
Dividends:
– Equity holders of the parent
– Minority interests
Issue of ordinary share capital
Acquisition of minority interest

–
–
–
–

–
–
0.5
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
3.4
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

(50.8)
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

191.3
4.5
(0.2)
(34.0)

(52.6)
–
–
–

140.5
4.5
(0.2)
(34.0)

(52.6)
–
3.9
–

At 1 January 2007

120.6

115.9

16.4

(37.7)

428.6

643.8

Total recognised income

and expense for the year

Share–based payments charge
Net purchase of own shares by ESOP Trust
Share buy back programme
Dividends:
– Equity holders of the parent
– Minority interests
Issue of ordinary share capital
Acquisition of businesses

–
–
–
–

–
–
1.0
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
7.5
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

50.4
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

198.0
4.5
(2.0)
(18.5)

(71.1)
–
–
–

248.4
4.5
(2.0)
(18.5)

(71.1)
–
8.5
–

At 31 December 2007

121.6

123.4

16.4

12.7

539.5

813.6

2.4
–
–
–

–
(3.9)
–
(0.8)

7.2

6.7
–
–
–

–
(1.8)
–
12.1

24.2

142.9
4.5
(0.2)
(34.0)

(52.6)
(3.9)
3.9
(0.8)

651.0

255.1
4.5
(2.0)
(18.5)

(71.1)
(1.8)
8.5
12.1

837.8

Cumulative goodwill of £108.1m (2006 – £108.1m) has been written off against the Retained earnings reserve. In addition, the Retained
earnings reserve includes non–distributable reserves of £5.6m (2006 – £4.7m).

The table below sets out the tax on items recognised in shareholders' equity:

Cash flow hedges: deferred tax
Share–based payments: deferred tax
Share–based payments: current tax
Pensions: deferred tax
Pensions: current tax

2007
£m

(11.7)
(3.0)
0.7
(10.7)
2.5

(22.2)

2006
£m

6.6
0.9
1.5
6.9
2.8

18.7

www.inchcape.com 113

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

25 Reserves continued
b. Other reserves

At 1 January 2006
Cash flow hedges:
– Fair value movements
– Reclassified and reported in inventories
– Tax on cash flow hedges
Movement on available for sale financial assets
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 1 January 2007
Cash flow hedges:
– Fair value movements
– Reclassified and reported in inventories
– Tax on cash flow hedges
Movement on available for sale financial assets
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

At 31 December 2007

Available for
sale reserve
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Hedging
reserve
£m

Total other
reserves
£m

2.8

15.2

(4.9)

13.1

–
–
–
(1.9)
–

0.9

–
–
–
(0.2)
–

0.7

–
–
–
–
(33.7)

(18.5)

–
–
–
–
29.3

10.8

(41.3)
19.5
6.6
–
–

(20.1)

34.2
(1.2)
(11.7)
–
–

1.2

(41.3)
19.5
6.6
(1.9)
(33.7)

(37.7)

34.2
(1.2)
(11.7)
(0.2)
29.3

12.7

Available for sale reserve
Gains and losses on available for sale financial assets are recognised in the Available for sale reserve until the asset is sold or is
considered to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss is included in the income statement.

Translation reserve
The Translation reserve is used to record foreign exchange rate changes relating to the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries
arising after 1 January 2004. It is also used to record foreign exchange differences arising on long term foreign currency borrowings used
to finance or hedge foreign currency investments.

Hedging reserve
For cash flow hedges that meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gains or losses on the hedging instrument that
are determined to be an effective hedge are recognised directly in shareholders’ equity.When the hedged firm commitment results in the
recognition of a non–financial asset or liability then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses that had
previously been recognised in shareholders’ equity are included in the initial measurement of the acquisition cost or other carrying
amount of the asset or liability.

114

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

26 Notes to the cash flow statement
a. Reconciliation of cash generated from operations

Cash flows from operating activities
Operating profit
Exceptional items
Amortisation
Depreciation
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Share–based payments charge
Increase in inventories
(Increase) decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Increase (decrease) in provisions
Decrease in post–retirement defined benefits*
Movement in vehicles subject to residual value commitments
Other items

Cash generated from operations

* The decrease in post–retirement defined benefits includes additional payments of £14.8m (2006 – £37.6m).

b. Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Net cash inflow from borrowings and finance leases

Change in net cash and debt resulting from cash flows
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on net cash and debt
Loan notes issued on acquisition
Movement in fair value
Net loans and finance leases relating to acquisitions

Movement in net debt
Opening net (debt) funds

Closing net debt

2007
£m

2006
£m

269.9
(4.9)
6.5
27.2
(9.0)
4.5
(13.9)
(2.3)
30.8
8.1
(15.4)
(7.0)
(1.5)

293.0

2007
£m

23.6
(181.0)

(157.4)
8.0
(4.5)
(7.5)
(41.1)

(202.5)
(19.0)

(221.5)

213.9
–
4.0
23.3
(0.6)
4.5
(58.9)
29.4
56.1
(0.6)
(38.8)
5.3
(0.8)

236.8

2006
£m

9.5
(158.4)

(148.9)
(8.8)
–
–
(19.3)

(177.0)
158.0

(19.0)

27 Acquisitions and disposals
a.Acquisitions
On 15 December 2006, the Group acquired 18.55% of the issued share capital of European Motor Holdings plc for a cash consideration
of £49.2m.The Group acquired the remaining share capital of the company during January 2007.This acquisition extended the Group's
retail presence in the UK.The total cash consideration paid (including net debt acquired of £9.6m) was £289.3m for 100.0% of the share
capital.The acquired business contributed revenues of £732.7m and profit after tax of £13.2m to the Group's result for the year.

On 24 July 2007, the Group acquired 100.0% of the issued share capital of Baltic Motors Corporation and SIA BM Auto (Baltic Motors)
from MVC Capital Incorporated for a total cash consideration of £48.8m. Baltic Motors represents Ford, BMW and Land Rover in Latvia,
the Baltics’ largest and fastest growing market.The acquired business contributed revenues of £23.4m and profit after tax of £0.7m to
the Group's result for the year.

www.inchcape.com 115

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

27 Acquisitions and disposals continued

Fair value
Book value adjustments
£m

£m

Provisional
fair value
£m

Fair value
Book value adjustments
£m

£m

EMH

Latvia

Provisional
fair value
£m

Net assets acquired
Intangible assets (i)
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets
Inventories
Cash
Current tax asset
Trade and other payables
Bank overdraft
Borrowings
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities (ii)
Pension liability

Net assets (liabilities)
Goodwill (iii)

Purchase consideration

Satisfied by:
Cash paid in 2006
Cash paid in 2007
Loan notes
Directly attributable costs

Purchase consideration
Net bank overdraft (cash) in business acquired

Borrowings acquired

Total consideration

–
59.4
53.5
0.4
120.6
–
1.6
(138.1)
(9.6)
(9.1)
(0.7)
(4.3)
(0.9)

72.8

2.6
25.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1.2)
(10.0)
–

17.2

2.6
85.2
53.5
0.4
120.6
–
1.6
(138.1)
(9.6)
(9.1)
(1.9)
(14.3)
(0.9)

90.0
189.7

279.7

49.2
221.0
4.5
5.0

279.7
9.6

289.3
9.1

298.4

0.1
10.5
4.0
0.1
11.1
0.7
–
(10.5)
–
(17.9)
(0.4)
(0.2)
–

(2.5)

0.4
22.2
–
–
–
–
–
(7.0)
–
–
–
–
–

15.6

0.5
32.7
4.0
0.1
11.1
0.7
–
(17.5)
–
(17.9)
(0.4)
(0.2)
–

13.1
35.7

48.8

–
47.8
–
1.0

48.8
(0.7)

48.1
17.9

66.0

(i) The intangible assets recognised on acquisition relate to back orders and are recognised at their fair value and amortised on a straight line basis

over their useful life, which is less than one year.

(ii) Deferred tax recognised on acquisition includes the recognition of deferred tax on non–qualifying properties in a business combination.

(iii) The provisional goodwill arising on acquisition is attributable to the anticipated future cash flows of the acquired business and synergies expected

to arise after the Group's acquisition.

In the UK, this represents the premium paid to significantly expand the Group's footprint achieving regional scale in the premium brand sector.This
provides a platform to deliver growth and improved returns far quicker than would have been achievable through organic expansion.

In Latvia, Russia and other markets, the goodwill represents the premium paid to expand the Group's presence in these high growth markets faster
than would have been possible through organic expansion.

In addition to the acquisitions noted above, the Group acquired a number of other businesses during the year, none of which was
individually material.The consideration for these businesses was £60.0m (including net cash acquired of £1.8m and borrowings of
£14.1m).The provisional fair value of the net assets acquired was £28.4m, with a Minority interest of £12.1m and provisional goodwill
arising on these acquisitions of £31.4m.

In addition, the Group paid £nil deferred consideration (2006 – £1.1m) on prior year acquisitions and £0.1m (2006 – £0.6m) in respect
of joint ventures and associates.

116

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

27 Acquisitions and disposals continued
b. Pro–forma full year information
If the above acquisitions had occurred on 1 January 2007, the approximate revenue and profit after tax for the year of the Group would
have been £6,229.7m and £183.3m respectively.This information has been estimated based on the unaudited management accounts.

c. Disposals
The Group disposed of a number of businesses during the period, with net disposal proceeds of £85.5m, and a profit on disposal of
businesses of £4.9m, which has been disclosed as an exceptional item.These disposals include the disposal of the Group's 50% share in
Inchroy Credit Corporation Limited for £45.8m for a profit on disposal of £12.0m (after £2.3m adjustment for historical foreign currency
differences recycled to the income statement on disposal), the disposal of Inchcape Automotive UK for £18.6m (loss on disposal £5.8m).

28 Guarantees and contingencies

Guarantees, performance bonds and contingent liabilities

2007
£m

8.1

2006
£m

6.6

The Group also has, in the ordinary course of business, commitments under foreign exchange instruments relating to the hedging of
transactional exposures (note 23).

29 Commitments
a. Capital commitments
Contracts placed for future capital expenditure at the balance sheet date but not yet incurred are as follows:

Property, plant and equipment
Vehicles subject to residual value commitments*
Intangible assets

2007
£m

7.9
103.7
–

2006
£m

3.5
92.9
0.2

* Residual value commitments comprise the total repurchase liability on all vehicles sold subject to a residual value commitment, of which £57.0m

(2006 – £43.4m) has been included within trade and other payables.

b. Lease commitments
(i) Operating lease commitments – Group as lessee
The Group has entered into non–cancellable operating leases for various offices, warehouses and dealerships.These leases have varying
terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.

Future minimum lease payments under non–cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Within one year
In two to five years
After five years

2007
£m

35.6
87.8
128.4

251.8

2006
£m

31.2
72.8
96.7

200.7

(ii) Operating lease commitments – Group as lessor
The Group has entered into non–cancellable operating leases on a number of its vehicles.These leases have varying terms, escalation
clauses and renewal rights.

Future minimum lease payments receivable under non–cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Within one year
In two to five years
After five years

2007
£m

3.3
6.1
3.4

12.8

2006
£m

2.1
3.4
1.0

6.5

www.inchcape.com 117

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

29 Commitments continued
(iii) Finance leases and hire purchase contracts
The Group has finance leases and hire purchase contracts for various items of property, plant and equipment.These leases have varying
terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases and hire purchase contracts,
together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments (included within borrowings) are as follows:

Minimum lease payments:
– Within one year
– In two to five years
– After five years

Total minimum lease payments
Less: future finance charges

Present value of finance lease liabilities

2007
£m

1.1
2.9
8.3

12.3
(6.3)

6.0

2006
£m

0.7
1.8
9.0

11.5
(6.2)

5.3

30 Related party disclosures
a. Principal subsidiaries and joint ventures
The consolidated financial statements include the principal subsidiaries and joint ventures listed below:

Subsidiary
Subaru (Australia) Pty Limited
Toyota Belgium NV/SA
The Motor & Engineering
Company of Ethiopia Ltd S.C.
Inchcape Motors Finland OY
Toyota Hellas SA
Crown Motors Limited
Inchcape Olimp OOO
Borneo Motors (Singapore) Pte Ltd
Baltic Motors Group
Inchcape Finance plc
Inchcape Fleet Solutions Limited
Inchcape International Holdings Limited
Inchcape Retail Limited
The Cooper Group Limited
European Motor Holdings Limited
Lind Limited
Joint Ventures
Unitfin SA
Tefin SA

Country of
incorporation

Australia
Belgium

Ethiopia
Finland
Greece
Hong Kong
Russia
Singapore
Latvia
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Greece
Greece

Shareholding

Description

90.0% Distribution
100.0% Distribution

94.1% Distribution
100.0% Distribution
100.0% Distribution
100.0% Distribution

75.1% Retail

100.0% Distribution
100.0% Distribution
100.0% Central treasury company
100.0% Financial services*
100.0% Intermediate holding company
100.0% Retail
100.0% Retail
Retail
100.0%
Retail
100.0%

60.0%
50.0%

Financial services
Financial services

* Included within Distribution in the business segmental analysis (note 1).

The ultimate parent company of the Group is Inchcape plc, a company incorporated in the UK and listed on the London
Stock Exchange.

118

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

30 Related party disclosure continued
b.Trading transactions
Intra–group transactions have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. In addition to the related party
transactions noted on page 48, details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below:

Vehicles purchased from joint ventures and associates
Vehicles sold to joint ventures and associates
Other income paid to joint ventures and associates
Other income received from joint ventures and associates

Transactions

Amounts
outstanding

2007
£m

65.3
378.2
3.1
11.9

2006
£m

63.5
371.3
5.2
14.7

2007
£m

2.2
1.3
0.7
7.7

2006
£m

1.3
1.6
1.0
8.0

All of the transactions arise in the ordinary course of business and are on an arm's length basis.The amounts outstanding are unsecured
and will be settled in cash.There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables.The Group has not
raised any provision for doubtful debts relating to amounts owed by related parties (2006 – £nil).

c. Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of the Directors and other members of key management was as follows:

Short term employment benefits
Post–retirement benefits
Share–based payments
Compensation for loss of office

2007
£m

6.7
1.0
2.6
0.2

10.5

2006
£m

6.5
1.1
2.1
0.6

10.3

The remuneration of the Directors and other key management is determined by the Remuneration Committee having regard to the
performance of individuals and market trends. Further details of emoluments paid to the Directors are included in the Board report on
remuneration.

31 Foreign currency translation
The main exchange rates used for translation purposes are as follows:

Australian dollar
Euro
Hong Kong dollar
Singapore dollar

Average rates

Year end rates

2007

2.39
1.46
15.63
3.02

2006

2.44
1.46
14.28
2.92

2007

2.27
1.36
15.52
2.87

2006

2.48
1.48
15.22
3.00

32 Post balance sheet events
On 10 January 2008 the Group announced that in line with its stated strategy to dispose of certain non–core UK assets, it had sold all of its
UK Vauxhall retail outlets to Eden (GM) Limited for a total consideration of £14.3m.

www.inchcape.com 119

Financial statements

Five year record

The information presented in the table below is prepared in accordance with IFRS for 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007. However 2003 is
prepared in accordance with the UK GAAP standards effective as at 31 December 2004, and has not been restated other than to
be consistent with the IFRS format.

The main adjustments which would be required to make the information in 2003 comply with IFRS would be similiar to those disclosed
in the reconciliations of UK GAAP to IFRS set out in note 33 to the financial statements of the Group's Annual report and accounts 2005
(available on the Group's website, www.inchcape.com).

Income statement

Revenue

Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items

Operating profit
Share of profit after tax of joint ventures and associates

Profit before finance and tax
Net finance costs before exceptional finance income
Exceptional finance income

Profit before tax
Tax before exceptional tax
Exceptional tax

Profit after tax
Minority interests

Profit for the year

Basic:
– Profit before tax
– Earnings per share (pence)
Headline (before exceptional items):
– Profit before tax
– Earnings per share (pence)
Dividends per share – interim paid and final proposed (pence)

Balance sheet

Non–current assets
Other assets less (liabilities) excluding cash (borrowings)

Net (debt) funds

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
Minority interests

Total shareholders' equity

IFRS
2007
£m

IFRS
2006
£m

IFRS
2005
£m

IFRS
2004
£m

UK GAAP
2003
£m

6,056.8

4,842.1

4,488.1

4,119.5

3,793.2

265.0
4.9

269.9
3.5

273.4
(33.4)
–

240.0
(57.9)
–

182.1
(5.7)

176.4

240.0
38.0p

235.1
37.0p
15.75p

1,037.0
22.3

1,059.3
(221.5)

837.8

813.6
24.2

837.8

213.9
–

213.9
5.9

219.8
(5.9)
–

213.9
(45.1)
8.0

176.8
(2.9)

173.9

213.9
37.5p

213.9
35.7p
15.0p

666.0
4.0

670.0
(19.0)

651.0

643.8
7.2

651.0

189.4
(13.0)

176.4
6.2

182.6
(5.3)
–

177.3
(46.9)
–

130.4
(3.8)

126.6

177.3
27.0p

190.3
29.8p
9.5p

521.7
(88.5)

433.2
158.0

591.2

581.7
9.5

591.2

172.1
(10.6)

161.5
7.8

169.3
(10.3)
4.2

163.2
(43.1)
(0.5)

119.6
(3.2)

116.4

163.2
24.8p

168.4
26.0p
8.3p

468.4
(105.6)

362.8
151.9

514.7

506.4
8.3

514.7

124.4
15.5

139.9
9.3

149.2
(5.2)
22.2

166.2
(29.7)
(7.5)

129.0
(2.0)

127.0

168.3
27.5p

135.8
22.1p
6.3p

401.2
5.3

406.5
79.1

485.6

479.0
6.6

485.6

120

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Report of the Auditors

Independent Auditors’ report to the members of Inchcape plc
We have audited the parent Company Financial statements
of Inchcape plc for the year ended 31 December 2007 which
comprise the Company Balance Sheet and the related notes.
These parent Company Financial statements have been
prepared under the accounting policies set out therein.We
have also audited the information in the Remuneration Report
that is described as having been audited.

We have reported separately on the Group Financial statements
of Inchcape plc for the year ended 31 December 2007.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report,
the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the parent Company
Financial statements in accordance with applicable law and
United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice) are set out in the
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities.

Our responsibility is to audit the parent Company Financial
statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report
to be audited in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory
requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and
Ireland).This report, including the opinion, has been prepared for
and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance
with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other
purpose. We do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to
whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come
save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent Company
Financial statements give a true and fair view and whether the
parent Company Financial statements and the part of the
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited have been properly
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.We also
report to you whether in our opinion the information given in the
Directors' Report is consistent with the parent Company Financial
statements.The information given in the Directors’ Report includes
that specific information presented in the Operating and Financial
Review that is cross referred from the Business Review section of
the Directors’ Report.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has
not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all
the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if
information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration
and other transactions is not disclosed.

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and
consider whether it is consistent with the audited parent Company
Financial statements.The other information comprises only the
Directors’ Report, the unaudited part of the Directors’ Remuneration
Report, the Chairman’s Statement and the Operating and
Financial Review, the Corporate social responsibility section, the

Board of Directors, Corporate governance report, the Directors’
responsibilities, and the Company details.We consider the
implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent
misstatements or material inconsistencies with the parent
Company Financial statements. Our responsibilities do not
extend to any other information.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing
Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis,
of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the
parent Company Financial statements and the part of the
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited. It also includes
an assessment of the significant estimates and judgments
made by the directors in the preparation of the parent Company
Financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies
are appropriate to the Company’s circumstances, consistently
applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the
information and explanations which we considered necessary
in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable
assurance that the parent Company Financial statements and
the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are
free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the
overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent
Company Financial statements and the part of the Directors’
Remuneration Report to be audited.

Opinion
In our opinion:

• the parent Company Financial statements give a true and fair
view, in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at
31 December 2007;

• the parent Company Financial statements and the part of the

Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited have been properly
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and

• the information given in the Directors' Report is consistent with

the parent Company Financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London

26 February 2008

www.inchcape.com 121

Financial statements

Company balance sheet

As at 31 December 2007

Fixed assets
Investment in subsidiaries

Current assets
Available for sale financial assets
Debtors:
– Amounts due within one year
– Amounts due after more than one year
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors – amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

Notes

2007
£m

2006
£m

3

4

5
5
6

7

1,847.3

1,171.1

–

49.2

29.5
144.0
54.2

227.7

(13.1)

214.6

19.5
131.4
41.2

241.3

(1.6)

239.7

2,061.9

1,410.8

8
10

(1,637.2)
(8.5)

416.2

(853.8)
(3.0)

554.0

12, 14
14
14
14

121.6
123.4
16.4
154.8

416.2

120.6
115.9
16.4
301.1

554.0

The financial statements on pages 122 to 128 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 February 2008 and were signed on its
behalf by:

André Lacroix, Director

Barbara Richmond, Director

122

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

Accounting policies
Consolidated statement of Recognised Income

Basis of preparation
These financial statements are prepared for Inchcape plc (the Company) for the year ended 31 December 2007.The Company is
the ultimate parent entity of the Inchcape Group (the Group).

Accounting convention
These financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and
applicable UK accounting standards. As permitted by Section 230 of the Companies Act 1985, no separate profit and loss account
is presented for the Company. In addition, the Company is not required to prepare a cash flow statement under the terms of FRS 1–
Cash Flow Statements (revised).

Foreign currencies
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at closing rates of exchange and are taken to the profit and
loss account.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost, less provisions for impairment.

Available for sale financial assets are stated at market value.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided in full (without discounting) based on current tax rates and law, on timing differences that result in an obligation
at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less tax in the future except as otherwise required by FRS 19 – Deferred Tax.
Deferred tax is not provided on timing differences arising from the revaluation of fixed assets where there is no binding commitment to
sell the asset.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present obligation in respect of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow
of resources will be required to settle the obligation and where the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are discounted when the
time value of money is considered material.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid is deducted from shareholders'
funds until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of.Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration
received is included in shareholders' funds.

Dividends
Final dividends proposed by the Board of Directors and unpaid at the year end are not recognised in the financial statements until
they have been approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid.

Share-based payments
The Company operates a number of equity–settled share–based compensation plans.The fair value of the shares or share options
granted is recognised as an expense over the vesting period to reflect the value of the employee services received.The fair value of
options granted, excluding the impact of any non–market vesting conditions, is calculated using established option pricing models,
principally Binomial models.The probability of meeting non–market vesting conditions, which include profitability targets, is used to
estimate the number of share options which are likely to vest. In accordance with the transitional provisions of FRS 20 – Share–based
Payment, no charge had been recognised for grants of equity instruments made before 7 November 2002.

Financial instruments
The adoption by the Company of FRS 29 – Financial Instruments: Disclosures has had no impact as the Company has taken advantage
of the exemption not to apply FRS 29 in its own financial statements.The Group’s policies on the recognition, measurement and
presentation of financial instruments under IFRS 7 are set out in the Group’s accounting policies on pages 70 to 75.

www.inchcape.com 123

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts

1 Auditors’ remuneration
The Company incurred £0.1m (2006 – £0.1m) in relation to UK statutory audit fees for the year ended 31 December 2007.

2 Directors’ remuneration

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
Other employment costs
Compensation for loss of office

2007
£m

2.1
0.3
0.4
0.9
–

3.7

2006
£m

2.6
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.6

4.7

Further information on Directors' emoluments and interests is given in the Notes to the Board report on remuneration (the auditable part)
in the Group's Financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2007.

3 Investment in subsidiaries

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Disposals

At 31 December

Provisions
At 1 January
Disposals
Provisions for impairment

At 31 December

Net book value

2007
£m

2006
£m

1,221.1
684.2
(37.0)

1,868.3

1,204.1
17.0
–

1,221.1

(50.0)
29.0
–

(21.0)

(36.0)
–
(14.0)

(50.0)

1,847.3

1,171.1

Additions include £280m in respect of the acquisition of European Motor Holdings plc, which was acquired on 29 January 2007 and
£404m in respect of additional investments in existing Group companies. Included within the figure of £280m in respect of European
Motor Holdings plc is £49.2m which was transferred from Available for sale financial assets following the acquisition of the business
(see note 4).

4 Available for sale financial assets

Equity securities
At 1 January
Additions
Transfer to investment in subsidiaries

At 31 December

2007
£m

49.2
–
(49.2)

–

2006
£m

–
49.2
–

49.2

124

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

5 Debtors

Amounts due within one year
Other debtors
Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Amounts due after more than one year
Deferred tax asset (note 9)
Amounts owed by Group undertakings

6 Cash at bank and in hand

Cash at bank and in hand

7 Creditors – amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxation and social security payable
Other creditors

8 Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Private Placement
Other loans
Other taxation and social security payable

2007
£m

2.1
27.4

29.5

1.6
142.4

144.0

2007
£m

54.2

2007
£m

9.8
0.4
2.9

13.1

2007
£m

1,348.0
284.8
4.4
–

1,637.2

2006
£m

0.4
19.1

19.5

2.2
129.2

131.4

2006
£m

41.2

2006
£m

–
1.4
0.2

1.6

2006
£m

853.2
–
–
0.6

853.8

In May 2007, the Company raised US$550m in a Private Placement: US$350m is repayable in 10 years and bears interest at a fixed rate
of 5.94% per annum; and US$200m is repayable in 12 years and bears interest at a fixed rate of 6.04% per annum.

Other loans are loan notes issued in connection with the acquisition of European Motor Holdings plc and bear interest at rates linked
to LIBOR.

Amounts owed to Group undertakings bear interest at rates linked to LIBOR.

www.inchcape.com 125

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

9 Deferred tax

At 1 January 2007
Charged to the profit and loss account
Charged to the profit and loss account reserve

At 31 December 2007

Deferred tax arises in respect of share–based payments.

10 Provisions for liabilities and charges

At 1 January
Charged to the profit and loss account

At 31 December

Share-based Other timing
differences
£m

payments
£m

1.7
(0.3)
(0.2)

1.2

0.5
(0.1)
–

0.4

Total
£m

2.2
(0.4)
(0.2)

1.6

2007
£m

3.0
5.5

8.5

Provision has been made for warranties, indemnities and other litigation issues in relation to motors and non–motors business exits, based
on expected outcomes.

11 Guarantees and contingencies

Guarantees of various subsidiaries' borrowings
(against which £115.0m has been drawn at year end, 2006 – £165.0m)

2007
£m

2006
£m

535.0

600.0

The Company is party to composite cross guarantees between banks and its subsidiaries.The Company's contingent liability under these
guarantees at 31 December 2007 was £81.9m (2006 – £41.2m).

12 Share capital

a.Authorised

Number of shares

Ordinary share capital

Ordinary share capital (25.0p per share)

786,000,000

786,000,000

196.5

2007
Number

2006
Number

2007
£m

2006
£m

196.5

b.Allotted, called up and fully paid up

Number of shares

Ordinary share capital

Ordinary shares of 25.0p each
At 1 January
Allotted under share option schemes

At 31 December

2007
Number

2006
Number

2007
£m

482,298,983
3,889,994

480,216,708
2,082,275

486,188,977

482,298,983

120.6
0.9

121.5

2006
£m

120.1
0.5

120.6

c. Share buy back programme
During the year, the Company repurchased 4,535,000 (2006 – 7,792,578) of its own shares through purchases on the London Stock
Exchange.The total consideration paid was £18.5m (2006 – £34.0m) and this has been deducted from the Profit and loss account
reserve.The shares repurchased during the year equate to 0.9% (2006 – 1.6%) of the issued share capital.The shares are held as
treasury shares and may either be cancelled or used to satisfy share options at a later date.

d. Substantial shareholdings
Details of substantial interests in the Company's issued ordinary share capital received by the Company at 25 February 2008 under
the provisions of the Companies Act 1985 have been disclosed in the substantial shareholdings section of the Directors' report.

126

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Business review
01-43

Governance
44-64

Financial statements
65-128

Shareholder information
Inside back cover

12 Share capital continued
e. Share options
At 31 December 2007, options to acquire ordinary shares of 25.0p each in the Company up to the following numbers under the schemes
below were outstanding as follows:

Number of
ordinary shares
of 25.0p each

Exercisable
until

Option
price

The Inchcape SAYE Share Option Scheme
– approved
26,680
287,458
217,968
320,784
275,569
305,299
811,396

1 May 2008
1 December 2008
1 May 2009
1 December 2009
1 May 2010
1 December 2010
1 May 2011

222.6p
274.1p
282.5p
345.3p
368.0p
441.0p
383.0p

Number of
ordinary shares
at 25.0p each

Exercisable
until

Option
price

The Inchcape 1999 Share Option Plan
– approved (Part II – UK)
8,748
11,808
29,244
164,544
50,154
213,864
39,072
260,634
6,772
13,128
230,370

17 March 2012
19 March 2013
31 August 2013
20 May 2014
29 September 2014
6 March 2015
11 September 2015
29 March 2016
21 May 2016
10 August 2016
12 April 2017

– unapproved (Part I – UK)
17,514
12,570
14,616
220,302
11,568
576,778
368,712
1,162,564
340,857
29,539
1,486,931

17 March 2012
19 March 2013
31 August 2013
20 May 2014
29 September 2014
6 March 2015
11 September 2015
13 December 2015
29 March 2016
21 May 2016
10 August 2016

– unapproved overseas (Part I – Overseas)
15,462
31,680
85,932
74,412
157,584
741,222
824,526
651,456
744,378
30,060

7 September 2009
9 August 2010
21 March 2011
17 March 2012
19 March 2013
20 May 2014
6 March 2015
29 March 2016
12 April 2017
18 December 2017

114.1p
127.0p
205.1p
262.0p
259.1p
342.6p
358.0p
445.3p
443.0p
457.0p
577.0p

114.1p
127.0p
205.1p
262.0p
259.1p
342.6p
358.0p
394.3p
445.3p
443.0p
457.0p

64.6p
47.3p
64.0p
114.1p
127.0p
262.0p
342.6p
445.3p
577.0p
369.0p

Included within the Profit and loss account reserve are 1,718,739 (2006 – 1,715,739) own ordinary shares held by the ESOP Trust, a general
discretionary trust whose beneficiaries include current and former employees of the Group and their dependants.The book value of
these shares at 31 December 2007 was £6.8m (2006 – £5.4m).The market value of these shares at 31 December 2007 was £6.5m and
at 25 February 2008 was £6.8m (31 December 2006 – £8.7m, 5 March 2007 – £8.7m).

www.inchcape.com 127

Financial statements

Notes to the accounts continued

13 Dividends
The following dividends were paid by the Company.

Interim dividend for the six months ended 30 June 2007
of 5.25p per share (2006 – 5.0p per share)
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2006
of 10.0p per share (2005 – 6.3p per share)

2007
£m

24.5

46.6

71.1

2006
£m

23.0

29.6

52.6

The final proposed dividend for the year ended 31 December 2007 of 10.5p per share (£48.5m) is subject to approval by shareholders
at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability as at 31 December 2007.

Dividends paid above exclude £3.0m (2006 – £1.9m) payable on treasury shares and shares held by the ESOP Trust.

14 Reserves

Share capital
£m

Share premium
£m

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m

Profit and loss
account
£m

At 1 January 2006
Profit for the financial year
Dividends
Issue of ordinary share capital
Net purchase of own shares by ESOP Trust
Share–based payments charge (net of tax)
Share buy back programme

At 1 January 2007
Profit for the financial year
Dividends
Issue of ordinary share capital
Net purchase of own shares by ESOP Trust
Share–based payments charge (net of tax)
Share buy back programme

At 31 December 2007

120.1
–
–
0.5
–
–
–

120.6
–
–
1.0
–
–
–

121.6

112.5
–
–
3.4
–
–
–

115.9
–
–
7.5
–
–
–

123.4

16.4
–
–
–
–
–
–

16.4
–
–
–
–
–
–

16.4

421.2
(37.3)
(52.6)
–
(0.2)
4.0
(34.0)

301.1
(57.4)
(71.1)
–
(2.0)
2.7
(18.5)

154.8

Total
£m

670.2
(37.3)
(52.6)
3.9
(0.2)
4.0
(34.0)

554.0
(57.4)
(71.1)
8.5
(2.0)
2.7
(18.5)

416.2

15 Principal subsidiaries at 31 December 2007
The Company is a limited company incorporated in the UK whose shares are publicly traded on the London Stock Exchange.
The principal subsidiaries in which the Company holds an investment are as follows:

European Motor Holdings plc
Inchcape Finance plc
Inchcape International Holdings Limited

Country of
incorporation

United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Shareholding

Description

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

Retail
Central treasury company
Intermediate holding company

128

Inchcape plc Annual Report and Accounts 2007

Company details

Registered office
Inchcape plc
22a St James’s Square
London SW1Y 5LP.
Tel: +44 (0) 20 7546 0022
Fax: +44 (0) 20 7546 0010
www.inchcape.com
Registered number 609782

Advisors

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and
Registered Auditors

Share Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
Registrar’s Department,PO Box No 82
Bristol BS99 7NH.
Tel: +44 (0) 870 707 1076

Inchcape PEPS
Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs)
replaced Personal Equity Plans (PEPs)
as the vehicle for tax efficient savings.
Existing PEPs may be retained.Inchcape
PEPs are managed by The Share Centre
Ltd,who can be contacted at PO Box
2000,Oxford House,Oxford Road,
Aylesbury,Buckinghamshire HP21 8ZB.
Tel: +44 (0) 1296 414144

Inchcape ISA
Inchcape has established a Corporate
Individual Savings Account (ISA).This is
managed by Equiniti Limited (UK)
The Causeway,Worthing,
West Sussex BN99 6DA.
Tel: 0870 600 3989
International callers:
+44 (0) 121 415 7047

Solicitors
Slaughter and May

Financial advisors
Dresdner Kleinwort

Corporate brokers
Dresdner Kleinwort
Merrill Lynch

Brand partner information

Financial calendar
Annual General Meeting
15 May 2008

Ex-dividend date for 2008 final
dividend
21 May 2008

Record date for 2008 final dividend
23 May 2008

Final 2008 ordinary dividend payable
17 June 2008

Announcement of 2008 interim results
29 July 2008

This Report is printed on Hello Silk paper.This
paper has been independently certified as
meeting the standards of the Forest Stewardship
Council (FSC),and was manufactured at a mill
that is certified to the ISO14001 and EMAS
environmental standards.The inks used are
all vegetable oil based.

Printed at St Ives Westerham Press Ltd,ISO14001,
FSC certified and CarbonNeutral®

www.audi.com

www.kia.com

www.peugeot.com

www.bmw.com

www.landrover.com

www.porsche.com

www.daihatsu.com

www.hino.com

www.honda.com

www.hyundai.com

www.lexus.com

www.smart.com

www.mazda.com

www.mercedes.com

www.mini.com

www.subaru.com

www.suzuki.com

www.toyota.com

www.jaguar.com

www.mitsubishi.com

www.volkswagen.com

Produced by Black Sun Plc
Printed by St Ives Westerham Press Ltd

Inchcape plc
22a St James’s Square
London SW1Y 5LP
T +44 (0)20 7546 0022
F +44 (0)20 7546 0010
www.inchcape.com
Registered number 609782